WO2023167291A1 - Rail fastener, manufacturing method therefor, and double fastener - Google Patents

Rail fastener, manufacturing method therefor, and double fastener Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023167291A1
WO2023167291A1 PCT/JP2023/007879 JP2023007879W WO2023167291A1 WO 2023167291 A1 WO2023167291 A1 WO 2023167291A1 JP 2023007879 W JP2023007879 W JP 2023007879W WO 2023167291 A1 WO2023167291 A1 WO 2023167291A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
blade
slider
male
fitting
rail fastener
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/007879
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
峰登 寺田
雅典 萱原
寛正 阿部
洋平 小山
隆之 松井
一輝 細江
Original Assignee
Ykk株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Ykk株式会社 filed Critical Ykk株式会社
Priority to TW112107818A priority Critical patent/TWI851058B/en
Publication of WO2023167291A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023167291A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A44—HABERDASHERY; JEWELLERY
    • A44B—BUTTONS, PINS, BUCKLES, SLIDE FASTENERS, OR THE LIKE
    • A44B19/00—Slide fasteners
    • A44B19/10—Slide fasteners with a one-piece interlocking member on each stringer tape
    • A44B19/16—Interlocking member having uniform section throughout the length of the stringer

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to rail fasteners, manufacturing methods thereof, and double fasteners.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose rail fasteners in which a male fitting portion is press-fitted into a female fitting portion to form a vacuum seal.
  • a female extrusion and a male extrusion are formed by extrusion.
  • the female extrusion has a flat portion and a female mating portion rising therefrom.
  • the male extrusion has a flat portion and a male mating portion upstanding therefrom.
  • Patent Document 3 discloses manufacturing a hook-and-loop fastener containing a sheet material by supplying a coarse sheet material to a gap between a die wheel and a molten resin outlet of an injection die.
  • sheet materials include woven fabrics, knitted fabrics, non-woven fabrics, wire meshes, and resin films (see paragraph 0024 of Patent Document 3).
  • Patent Literature 4 also relates to hook-and-loop fasteners, and discloses providing a reinforcing layer made of hard resin in order to ensure engaging force in a wide temperature range.
  • Patent Documents 5 and 6 disclose sliders for rail fasteners.
  • Patent Documents 7 and 8 disclose a double fastener in which a fastener chain having a coiled element is attached to a rail fastener.
  • a rail fastener includes a first stringer that includes a first mounting sheet and a first fitting portion, and a second stringer that includes a second mounting sheet and a second fitting portion.
  • the two fitting portions are fitted to form a rail portion.
  • the first mounting sheet includes a flexible first reinforcing sheet and a first mounting sheet extending from the first fitting portion to at least partially cover the first reinforcing sheet and made of the same resin as the resin of the first fitting portion.
  • including a first skin consisting of:
  • a second mounting sheet extends from the second fitting portion to at least partially cover the second reinforcing sheet, which is flexible, and is made of the same resin as the resin of the second fitting portion.
  • a second skin consisting of Either of the following conditions (i) and (ii) are satisfied: (i) the first and second fitting portions are arranged so that the first reinforcing sheet is The first contact surface of the first skin portion located outside the inner edge of the seat and the second contact surface of the second skin portion located outside the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet are the first and second contact surfaces of the second reinforcing sheet. and (ii) the first and second mating portions are configured to compressively contact each other between the second reinforcing sheets; A first contact surface of the first fitting portion located outside the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet, and a second contact surface of the second fitting portion located outside the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet. are configured to press against each other between the first and second stiffening sheets.
  • the first fitting portion is a male fitting portion including at least a male projection
  • the second fitting portion has a receiving space for receiving the male projection. and a female mating shaped to prevent disengagement of the male projection from the receiving space.
  • the female fitting can be provided such that the receiving space is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet.
  • the female fitting portion has a locking projection provided with a locking surface that prevents the male projection from being detached from the female fitting portion, and the locking surface is provided with the second reinforcing sheet. can be positioned above.
  • the female fitting includes lower and upper jaws arranged oppositely to define a receiving space.
  • the lower jaw includes a lower locking projection projecting upward to have a lower locking surface and the upper jaw includes an upper locking projection projecting downward to have an upper locking surface.
  • the male projection is an arrow-shaped projection having a neck and a head, the head having a lower locking portion projecting downward to have a lower locking surface and an upper locking surface. It has an upper locked portion projecting upward.
  • a lower locking surface and an upper locking surface may be positioned on the second reinforcing sheet.
  • the lower locking surface is angled to approach the junction of the lower and upper jaws as it extends upwards and the upper locking surface approaches the junction as it extends downwards.
  • the lower locked surface is inclined for contact with the lower locking surface and the upper locked surface is inclined for contact with the upper locking surface.
  • the first contact surface comprises a convex surface projecting outwardly of the inner edge of the first reinforcement sheet and/or the second contact surface comprises an inner surface of the second reinforcement sheet. It includes a convex surface projecting outwardly of the sheet beyond the edge.
  • the male fitting further comprises a closure wall to which the male projection is coupled, wherein the male fitting and the female fitting are the male fitting and the female fitting.
  • a second On the opposite side of the contact point the closure wall and the female mating portion are configured to have a third contact point where they press against each other.
  • the female fitting includes a lower jaw and an upper jaw opposed to define a receiving space, wherein the upper jaw and the closure wall may press against each other at a third contact point.
  • the male projection is an arrow-shaped projection having a neck and a head, the head including an upper latched portion and a lower latched portion.
  • the lower jaw includes a lower locking projection to which the lower locked portion is locked, and the upper jaw includes an upper locking projection to which the upper locked portion is locked.
  • the one or more first contact points are a contact point where the upper locked portion and the upper locking projection press against each other and contact, and a contact point where the lower locked portion and the lower locking projection press against each other. can include contact points that are touched by
  • the length of the neck in the direction of insertion of the male projection into the receiving space of the female mating portion is such that the upper locking projection is sandwiched between the closing wall and the upper locked portion. at or less than the minimum value of this distance between the contact point of the upper locking projection and the lowest point of the upper locking surface at .
  • each of the first and second reinforcing sheets comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of paper, nonwoven fabric, woven fabric, and knitted fabric; (b) both sides of the first reinforcing sheet are covered by the first skin portion and both sides of the second reinforcing sheet are covered by the second skin portion; and (c) the first skin on at least one side of the first reinforcing sheet.
  • the layer thickness of the portion is equal to or less than the thickness of the first reinforcing sheet, and the layer thickness of the second skin portion on at least one surface of the second reinforcing sheet is equal to or less than the thickness of the second reinforcing sheet.
  • the rail fastener further comprises a slider.
  • the slider includes a first blade, a second blade, a connecting column extending vertically between the first blade and the second blade to connect the first blade and the second blade, and a first blade in the width direction of the slider.
  • First and second side walls extending vertically from both side edges of the blade toward the second blade, and approaching each other in the width direction of the slider from the first and second side walls at a position away from the first blade. It may include first and second insert pieces protruding to align with each other. The first insert piece is inserted into the first guide groove of the first stringer, and the second insert piece is inserted into the second guide groove of the second stringer.
  • the male fitting part and the female fitting part in the slider and/or (ii) the male fitting part and the female fitting part in a state of being completely fitted in the slider are spaced apart from the first blade plate arranged and spaced downward with respect to the second vane.
  • the first mounting sheet and the second mounting sheet are attached to the first vane plate. positioned near.
  • the female fitting includes a pair of opposing jaws to define a receiving space.
  • Each of the pair of jaws contacts neither the first blade nor the second blade during the mating process of the male fitting and the female fitting within the slider.
  • the first insert piece is provided to contact the first mounting sheet together with the distal end surface of the distal end portion of the first sidewall
  • the second insert piece is provided to contact the distal end portion of the distal end portion of the second sidewall. It is provided to contact the second mounting sheet together with the surface.
  • the slider further includes third and fourth sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the second blade in the width direction of the slider toward the first blade.
  • the male and female fittings are compressed between the first and second sidewalls to fit within the slider.
  • the spacing between the first insert piece and the second insert piece is such that the male mating portion and the female mating portion are between the first insert piece and the second insert piece during movement of the slider. It is set so that it is not compressed.
  • the connecting post is positioned forward of the first and second sidewalls and offset rearwardly of the front ends of the first and second blades.
  • the front end of the first blade has a first sloped surface that slopes away from the second blade as it moves away from the connecting post
  • the front end of the second blade has a second sloped surface that slopes away from the first vane as it moves away from the connecting post
  • the female fitting includes a pair of opposing jaws to define a receiving space. At least one of the first blade and the second blade has a receiving groove for receiving one of the pair of jaws displaced when the male and female mating portions are mated or unmated.
  • a dual fastener includes any of the various rail fasteners described above, a fastener chain laminated to the rail fastener, a first wing, a second wing, a first wing and a second wing.
  • a slider having a connecting post extending vertically between the first and second vanes for connecting the two vanes is included.
  • the fastener chain includes a third stringer attached to the first stringer and a fourth stringer attached to the second stringer.
  • the third and fourth stringers each include first and second coiled elements that synchronously engage mating male and female mating portions during advancement of the slider.
  • the female fitting includes a lower jaw and an upper jaw opposed to define a receiving space, with the upper jaw positioned further from the second mounting sheet than the lower jaw.
  • the first vane has a receiving groove that receives the upper jaw that is displaced when the male and female mating portions are mated or unmated.
  • the receiving groove may extend linearly from a position adjacent the rear end of the connecting post until it reaches the rear end face of the first vane.
  • the second vane has a convex partition extending rearwardly from the connecting post for restricting the vertical position of the first and second coiled elements in the engaged state.
  • the groove is formed to have a width wider than or equal to that of the partition in the width direction of the slider.
  • the slider further includes first and second sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the first blade in the width direction of the slider toward the second blade.
  • the slider has a first raised portion raised from the first side wall toward the second side wall and a second raised portion raised from the second side wall toward the first side wall, the first raised portion and the second raised portion are placed opposite each other with a space that allows for deformation of the maxilla.
  • the slider includes first and second sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the first blade in the width direction of the slider toward the second blade, and second sidewalls in the width direction of the slider. It includes third and fourth sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the blade toward the first blade.
  • the male and female fittings are compressed between the first and second sidewalls to fit within the slider.
  • the first and second coiled elements are engaged and disengaged between the third and fourth sidewalls without compression therebetween.
  • the maximum spacing between the first and second side walls in the width direction of the slider is greater than the maximum spacing between the third and fourth side walls in the width direction of the slider at all positions behind the connecting post. set.
  • the first and second coiled elements are thinner than the male and female fittings, respectively.
  • a method for manufacturing a rail fastener includes a step of supplying a resin material to an extruder and extruding a first stringer from a first die of the extruder, wherein the first stringer and the first mounting sheet a step of supplying the resin material to the extruder and extruding the second stringer from the second nozzle of the extruder, wherein the second stringer is engaged with the second mounting sheet in the second fitting; including the step of including the part.
  • a method for manufacturing a rail fastener includes a step of supplying a flexible first reinforcing sheet to a first mouthpiece and introducing the first reinforcing sheet to a first attachment sheet of a first stringer, wherein the first reinforcing sheet is: covering at least partially with a first skin portion of a first mounting sheet extending from the first fitting portion and made of the same resin as that of the first fitting portion; In the step of supplying the reinforcing sheet to the second mouthpiece and introducing the second reinforcing sheet to the second attachment sheet of the second stringer, the second reinforcing sheet extends from the second fitting portion and is attached to the second fitting portion. At least partially covered with a second skin portion of the second mounting sheet made of the same resin as the resin of the portion.
  • the position of the first reinforcing sheet at the discharge port of the first base and the position of the first reinforcing sheet at the discharge port of the second base are arranged so that a predetermined state is established when the first and second fitting portions are fitted to form the rail portion. 2
  • the position of the reinforcing sheet is set.
  • the predetermined state is such that the first contact surface of the first fitting portion and/or the first skin portion and the second contact surface of the second fitting portion and/or the second skin portion are positioned between the first and second reinforcing sheets. Including the state of contact by pressing against each other.
  • the first base is configured to form the first contact surface on a convex surface projecting outwardly of the inner edge of the first reinforcing sheet and/or the second base is configured to form a second contact surface on a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet.
  • the first fitting is a male fitting including at least a male projection and a closure wall to which the male projection is coupled, and the second fitting receives the male projection.
  • a female mating portion having a receiving space and configured to prevent disengagement of the male projection from the receiving space. The position of the second reinforcing sheet at the discharge port of the second mouthpiece is set so that the receiving space of the female fitting portion is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic perspective view of a rail fastener according to one aspect of the present disclosure shown being thermo-compressed and sewn to the fabric of a garment;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional schematic diagram of the 1st stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a second stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a rail fastener in which a slider is attached to a rail portion of the rail fastener;
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a variation in which the reinforcing sheet is exposed on the upper surface of the mounting sheet;
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a variation in which the reinforcing sheet is exposed on the upper surface of the mounting sheet;
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a variation in which the reinforcing sheet is exposed on the lower surface of the mounting sheet;
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a variation in which the lower jaw of the female fitting part is formed thicker;
  • 1 is a schematic diagram of an extruder used in a method of manufacturing a rail fastener according to one aspect of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. Fig. 3 is a front view of the first die seen from the downstream side of the extruder;
  • Fig. 3 is a front view of the second die seen from the downstream side of the extruder;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a schematic cross-sectional configuration of a rail fastener according to another aspect of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a first stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 11;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a second stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 11;
  • FIG. 12 is a partial enlarged schematic view of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 11, showing an enlarged fitting portion; It is a schematic diagram which shows the variation of a rail fastener.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a first stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 15;
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a second stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 15 It is a schematic diagram of a rail fastener with a slider, showing a front view of the rear opening of the slider and showing a cross section of the fitting state of the male and female fitting parts in the slider.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a rail fastener with a slider, showing in cross section the male and female fitting portions during the fitting process within the slider.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a slider;
  • FIG. 4 is a front view of the slider; It is a rear view of a slider.
  • FIG. 4 is a side view of a slider; It is a schematic diagram which shows the inner surface of the 2nd blade of a slider, and a connection column is shown in the cross section.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a rail fastener with a slider, in which the male and female fitting parts are arranged lower than in FIG. 18, and the structure of the slider is changed accordingly.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a dual fastener with a slider showing in cross section the male and female fittings during the fitting process within the slider.
  • FIG. 4 is a partial bottom view of the fastener chain attached to the rail fastener;
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a slider;
  • FIG. 4 is a front view of the slider; It is a rear view of a slider.
  • FIG. 4 is a side view of a slider;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic view of the inner surface of the second vane of the slider showing the width of the passageway for the coiled element between the third and fourth side walls;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic view of the inner surface of the first vane of the slider showing the width of the passages for the male and female fittings between the first and second side walls; It is a schematic diagram of a double fastener with a slider, in which the positional relationship between the rail fastener and the fastener chain is reversed, and the structure of the slider is changed accordingly.
  • first and second may be used to distinguish members or parts with the same name.
  • the stringers 1 and 2, the fitting portions 11 and 12, the mounting sheets 21 and 22, the guide grooves G1 and G2, and the insertion pieces 99a and 99b are the first and second stringers 1 and 2 and the first and second stringers 1 and 2, respectively. They can be named as fitting portions 11, 12, first and second mounting sheets 21, 22, first and second guide grooves G1, G2, and first and second insert pieces 99a, 99b.
  • identifier terms such as first and second may be omitted for simplification of description.
  • the longitudinal direction corresponds to the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener (the double-headed arrow between F and Re in FIG. 1) or the moving direction of the slider, and the left-right direction corresponds to the width direction of the rail fastener (the double-headed arrow between L and Ri in FIG. 1). ), and the vertical direction corresponds to the thickness direction of the rail fastener (the double-headed arrow between U and D in FIG. 1).
  • the vertical direction does not need to coincide with the vertical direction (the direction of gravity). That is, directional terms referred to in this specification should be understood in terms of rail fasteners and not in terms of the vertical direction (the direction of gravity), and are independent of the vertical direction (the direction of gravity).
  • the rail fastener 100 is a resin molded article (for example, a resin extrusion molded article), and is a long article that extends in a predetermined direction with a predetermined width.
  • a rail fastener 100 has a pair of left and right separable first and second stringers 1 and 2 .
  • Each of the first and second stringers 1 and 2 is elongated in the same direction as the rail fastener 100 and extends in the same direction with a predetermined width.
  • the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 and each stringer 1, 2 is equal to the extrusion direction.
  • the opening between the first and second stringers 1,2 is closed by coupling the first and second stringers 1,2, and the opening between the first and second stringers 1,2 is closed by releasing the coupling of the first and second stringers 1,2.
  • An opening can be formed in the
  • the first and second stringers 1,2 are attached to the fabrics 3,4 respectively by thermocompression or sewing or a combination thereof.
  • the fabrics 3, 4 can be different parts of the garment (left and right halves of the front body).
  • Objects to which the rail fastener 100 is attached may be, for example, clothes, bags, bags, and the like.
  • the stringers 1 and 2 can be connected by a connecting member (not shown) at one or both ends of the rail fastener 100 in the longitudinal direction. Of course, the stringers 1 and 2 can be completely separated without connecting the stringers 1 and 2 with a connecting member.
  • the first stringer 1 has a first fitting portion 11 and a first attachment sheet 21 .
  • the second stringer 2 has a second fitting portion 12 and a second attachment sheet 22 .
  • Each of the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 while maintaining a predetermined cross-sectional shape.
  • the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 are flexible sheets (composite sheets as described below) of predetermined thickness defined by upper surfaces 21m, 22m and lower surfaces 21n, 22n, respectively, and can be It is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
  • the first fitting portion 11 is provided at the inner edge 21a of the first attachment sheet 21 or at a position near the inner edge 21a.
  • the second fitting portion 12 is provided at the inner edge 22a of the second attachment sheet 22 or at a position near the inner edge 22a.
  • the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 have inner edges 21a, 22a that are arranged adjacent to each other when they are joined, and an outer edge 21b on the opposite side of the inner edges 21a, 22a. , 22b can be sewn to the fabrics 3, 4 by the thread 8.
  • a waterproof tape may be attached to the mounting sheet so as to cover the seams of the sewing thread 8 to enhance its waterproofness.
  • the method of joining the attachment sheet and the fabric is not limited to the method using the sewing thread 8, and the two may be joined by welding.
  • the rail portion 10 is formed by fitting the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 together. As with the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12, the rail portion 10 is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100. As shown in FIG. The gap between the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 is closed by the contact between the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 in the rail portion 10, and the rail fastener 100 achieves the desired sealing performance according to this degree. demonstrate. That is, movement of the fluid (liquid or gas) through the gap of the rail portion 10 is suppressed or prevented.
  • the first fitting portion 11 is the male fitting portion 5 (see FIG. 2)
  • the second fitting portion 12 is the female fitting portion 6 (see FIG. 3).
  • the first and second stringers 1 and 2 are coupled by continuing the engagement of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100,
  • the engagement between the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 is continuously released along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100, thereby separating the first and second stringers 1, 2 from each other. is decoupled.
  • the mating direction of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 is not the vertical direction but the horizontal direction.
  • the width direction of the rail fastener 100 is perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 and perpendicular to the thickness direction of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 .
  • the specific configurations of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 can be arbitrarily designed by those skilled in the art, in addition to those shown in FIGS.
  • the fitting portions 11 and 12 may be configured by combining the male fitting portion and the male fitting portion without being limited to the combination of the male fitting portion and the female fitting portion.
  • the male fitting 5 is a male fitting that includes a male projection 52 and a closing wall 51 to which the male projection 52 is coupled (eg, at its proximal end).
  • the closing wall 51 rises (preferably vertically) from the upper surface 21m of the mounting sheet 21 .
  • a male projection 52 extends from the closure wall 51 outwardly relative to the mounting seat 21 .
  • the male fitting portion 5 may further have a guide projection 53 projecting from the closing wall 51 on the side opposite to the male projection 52 (that is, toward the inside of the seat).
  • the sheet outer direction is a direction from a point on the sheet surface (upper surface or lower surface) of a certain sheet (for example, a mounting sheet or a reinforcing sheet described later) to a point outside the sheet surface with respect to a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • a certain sheet for example, a mounting sheet or a reinforcing sheet described later
  • the inside of the seat is in the opposite direction.
  • the closing wall 51, the male projection 52, and the guide projection 53 are all formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100, and the surfaces provided by these are also the same.
  • the guide projection 53 is provided in relation to the slider 9 and can be omitted.
  • the closing wall 51 has a wall surface 51f that faces the female fitting portion 6 while facing the outside of the mounting sheet 21, and has an upper wall surface above the male projection 52 and a lower wall surface below it. classified. These upper and lower wall surfaces are flat vertical surfaces perpendicular to the width direction (horizontal direction) of the rail fastener 100, but either or both of them may be inclined surfaces. Either or both of the upper and lower wall surfaces of the wall surface 51f may be provided with recesses or protrusions. A lower wall surface of the wall surface 51f extends downward from the lower surface of the male projection 52. As shown in FIG. The upper wall surface of wall surface 51f extends upwardly from the upper surface of male projection 52 to reach the top surface of closure wall 51 .
  • the male projection 52 can be an arrow-shaped projection that projects outward from the mounting sheet 21 and has a neck portion 52a and a head portion 52b.
  • the neck 52a is connected to the closing wall 51 and the head 52b is connected to the neck 52a.
  • the neck portion 52a has a thickness defined by an upper surface 52a1 and a lower surface 52a2, and the head portion 52b has a thickness defined by an upper surface 52b1 and a lower surface 52b2.
  • Head 52b is thicker than neck 52a.
  • the head 52b includes an upper locked portion 52c and a lower locked portion 52d.
  • the upper locked portion 52c projects upward from an upper surface 52a1 of the neck portion 52a, and the lower locked portion 52d projects downward from a lower surface 52a2 of the neck portion 52a.
  • the upper and lower engaged surfaces 52e and 52f are provided so as to face the upper and lower wall surfaces of the wall surface 51f of the closing wall 51, respectively, and the upper and lower surfaces of the female fitting portion 6, which will be described later, are provided therebetween.
  • Upper and lower receiving grooves 52p, 52q are formed for receiving the lower locking projections 64, 63 respectively.
  • the upper and lower engaged surfaces 52e and 52f are flat vertical surfaces perpendicular to each other in the width direction (horizontal direction) of the rail fastener 100, but may be inclined surfaces.
  • the upper receiving groove 52p is defined by the upper wall surface of the wall surface 51f, the upper surface 52a1 of the neck portion 52a, and the upper engaged surface 52e.
  • the lower receiving groove 52q is defined by the lower wall surface of the wall surface 51f, the lower surface 52a2 of the neck portion 52a, and the lower engaged surface 52f.
  • the head 52b is tapered toward the tip, and more specifically, has an upper inclined surface 52r that slopes downward toward the tip (the tip surface 52t in the illustrated example), and an upper inclined surface 52r that slopes downward toward the tip (the has a lower inclined surface 52s inclined upward toward the tip surface 52t).
  • Such a shape of the head portion 52b makes it easier to press-fit the male fitting portion 5 into the female fitting portion 6 (between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62, which will be described later).
  • Both the neck portion 52 a and the head portion 52 b are formed continuously along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
  • the guide projection 53 is provided on the opposite side of the male projection 52 with respect to the closing wall 51 .
  • the guide protrusion 53 is spaced apart from the upper surface 21m of the mounting sheet 21, and a guide groove G1 is formed between the guide protrusion 53 and the mounting sheet 21.
  • the guide projection 53 is not limited to a rectangular cross section, and can have other shapes such as a triangular or semicircular cross section.
  • the female fitting part 6 has a receiving space 65 for receiving the male projection 52 and is shaped to prevent the male projection 52 from leaving the receiving space 65 .
  • the female fitting 6 has a lower jaw 61 and an upper jaw 62 defining a receiving space 65 therebetween.
  • the female fitting portion 6 has a substantially C-shaped cross-sectional shape in which the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 are joined at the joint portion 68, but is not limited to this cross-sectional shape.
  • the receiving space 65 , the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 are all formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
  • the lower jaw 61 has a lower locking projection 63 projecting upward (e.g., from the tip of the lower jaw 61) to have a lower locking surface 63s
  • the upper jaw 62 has an upper locking surface 64s ( For example, it has an upper locking projection 64 projecting downward (from the distal end of the upper jaw 62).
  • An insertion opening 69 for the male projection 52 is defined by the lower locking projection 63 and the upper locking projection 64 .
  • the lower locking surface 63s and the upper locking surface 64s are provided orthogonally or inclined to the insertion direction A1 of the male projection 52 into the receiving space 65, and are used to prevent the male projection 52 from being disengaged from the female fitting portion 6. prevent Note that the insertion direction A1 is equal to the width direction of the rail fastener 100 .
  • the lower locking projection 63 locks the lower locked portion 52d
  • the upper locking projection 64 locks the upper locked portion 52c.
  • the lower locking projection 63 has an inclined surface 63j that slopes down as it separates outward from the upper end of the lower locking surface 63s (of the mounting sheet 22).
  • the inclined surface 63j is divided into a gently inclined area and a steeply inclined area adjacent to the outside of the seat.
  • the upper locking projection 64 has an inclined surface 64j that slopes upward as the distance from the lower end of the upper locking surface 64s toward the outside of the seat (of the mounting sheet 22) increases.
  • the inclined surface 64j is divided into a gently inclined area and a steeply inclined area adjacent to the outside of the seat.
  • the tapered inclined surfaces 63j, 64j of the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 Thanks to the tapered inclined surfaces 63j, 64j of the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64, the vertical width of the insertion opening 69 is gradually reduced along the insertion direction A1, and the width between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 is reduced. Induction and easy press-fitting of the head 52b are facilitated.
  • the tapered line shape (inclined surfaces 52s, 52r) of the head 52b also serves.
  • the female fitting part 6 has a guide projection 66 protruding from the coupling part 68 inwardly of the mounting sheet 22 .
  • the guide protrusion 66 is spaced apart from the upper surface 22m of the mounting sheet 22, and a guide groove G2 is formed between the guide protrusion 66 and the mounting sheet 22.
  • the guide projection 66 is not limited to a rectangular cross section, and can have other shapes such as a triangular or semicircular cross section.
  • the head portions 52b of the male projections 52 of the male fitting portion 5 engage the lower and upper locking projections of the female fitting portion 6. It is press-fitted between 63 and 64 to expand the vertical gap between them and pass therebetween. After that, the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 move to return to their original shapes, and the neck 52a and/or the head 52b are sandwiched between them. At the same time, the upper locking projection 64 is received in the upper receiving groove 52p and is sandwiched and compressed between the wall surface of the closing wall 51 and the upper locked surface 52e.
  • the lower engaging projection 63 is received in the lower receiving groove 52q and is sandwiched and pressed between the first contact surface 71 of the first skin portion 41 and the lower engaged surface 52f.
  • the upper locked portion 52c and the upper locking projection 64 press against each other at the contact point P1a (see FIG. 1) (in the left-right direction), and contact the lower locked portion 52d.
  • the lower locking projections 63 press and contact each other at the contact point P1b (see FIG. 1) (in short, in the lateral direction).
  • the sealing performance at each of the contact points P1a and P1b is enhanced, and at the same time, the formation of a second contact point P2 (optionally a third contact point P3), which will be described later, can be promoted.
  • the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are made of resin (for example, soft resin), when a large force is applied, the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 do not fit together. combination is canceled.
  • the distal end portion of the male projection 52 for example, the distal end surface 52t, the upper inclined surface 52r, and the lower inclined surface 52s
  • a gap 81 may be formed between the portion 6 and the coupling portion 68 (the bottom surface of the receiving space 65 intersecting the insertion direction A1).
  • the ease of deformation of the female fitting portion 6 in particular, the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62
  • smooth fitting and unfitting can be promoted.
  • the lateral width of the gap 81 is maximum at the vertical center, and can gradually decrease as it moves upward or downward from there.
  • the gap 81 is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
  • the fitting and unfitting of the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 can be performed using the slider 9 (see FIG. 4), or can be performed by man's finger operation. As the slider 9 moves forward, the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted together, and as the slider 9 moves backward, the fitting between the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 is released.
  • a slider 9 is constructed.
  • a column (not shown) extending vertically is provided at the front end of the slider 9 at the center position in the width direction. be provided.
  • the slider 9 has a connecting plate 91 and flange walls 92, 93 extending downward from the left and right side edges of the connecting plate 91.
  • the flange walls 92, 93 are provided with recesses 92a, 93a for receiving the guide projections 53, 66. be done.
  • the distance between the flange walls 92, 93 is tapered such that it is wider at the front end of the slider 9 and narrower at the rear end of the slider 9. , 12 are preferably provided with passages for mating and unmating.
  • the flange walls 92, 93 are provided with insertion pieces 99a, 99b to be inserted into the guide grooves G1, G2.
  • the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 can be fitted together by pinching them between the thumb and index finger.
  • One stringer can be forcibly pulled away from the other stringer to release the engagement between the male fitting 5 and the female fitting 6 .
  • By separating one stringer from the other it is possible to cause continuous disengagement of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
  • the first mounting sheet 21 is a composite sheet as described above, and includes the flexible first reinforcing sheet 31 and the first skin portion 41 .
  • the second mounting sheet 22 is a composite sheet as described above and includes a flexible second reinforcing sheet 32 and a second skin portion 42 .
  • the first skin portion 41 extends from the first fitting portion 11 to at least partially cover the first reinforcing sheet 31 and is made of the same resin as that of the first fitting portion 11 .
  • the second skin portion 42 extends from the second fitting portion 12 to at least partially cover the second reinforcing sheet 32 and is made of the same resin as that of the second fitting portion 12 .
  • the first fitting portion 11 and the first skin portion 41 are formed together from the same resin and are different portions of the same resin portion.
  • the second fitting portion 12 and the second skin portion 42 are also made of the same resin and are different parts of the same resin portion.
  • the fact that the fitting part and the skin part are different parts of the same resin part is a result of the fact that the stringers 1 and 2 are manufactured by extrusion molding, as will be described later, but molding methods other than this are also adopted. It is possible.
  • the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are positioned on the outer side of the first reinforcing sheet 31 with respect to the inner edge 31a of the first reinforcing sheet 31 when they are fitted together.
  • the contact surface 71 and the second contact surface 72 of the second skin portion 42 positioned further outward than the inner edge 32a of the second reinforcing sheet 32 are arranged between the first reinforcing sheet 31 and the second reinforcing sheet 32. configured to press against each other.
  • the first and second reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are individually introduced into the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 to obtain appropriate hardness thereof, and at the same time the first and second reinforcing sheets 31 , 32, the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 is enhanced.
  • the boundary between the first mounting sheet 21 and the first fitting portion 11 is set at the position of a plane L1 perpendicular to the vertical direction.
  • the first contact surface 71 is provided on the surface of the first skin portion 41 .
  • the boundary between the second mounting sheet 22 and the second fitting portion 12 is set at the position of a plane L2 perpendicular to the vertical direction.
  • the second contact surface 72 is provided on the surface of the second skin portion 42 .
  • Both planes L1 and L2 are set to be flush with the upper surfaces 21m and 22m of the mounting sheets 21 and 22, respectively.
  • the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 are arranged on the same plane. It can be arranged in a plane. It should be noted that the fact that the sheets are arranged in the same plane does not require that the thickness of each sheet be equal.
  • the contact between the first contact surface 71 and the second contact surface 72 can be local contact.
  • the first contact surface 71 can be a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge of the first reinforcing sheet 31 and/or the second contact surface 72 can be a 2 It may be a convex surface that protrudes outward from the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 32 .
  • one of the first and second contact surfaces 71 and 72 may be a convex surface and the other may be a flat surface.
  • the second skin portion 42 may be provided with a convex surface 611, and the first skin portion 41 in contact with the convex surface 611 may be a flat surface. In this case, the alignment problems required when both the first and second contact surfaces 71, 72 are convex do not occur.
  • the male mating portion 5 and the female mating portion 6 will have the male projection 52 and the female mating portion described above when the male mating portion 5 and the female mating portion 6 are mated.
  • a second On the opposite side (e.g., upper side) of the two contact points P2 the closing wall 51 and the female fitting 6 (e.g., the upper jaw 62) are configured to have a third contact point P3 that presses against each other and contacts. (See Figure 1).
  • a mode in which one of the contact points P1a and P1b described above is omitted is also conceivable.
  • the neck portion 52a in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 is used to promote pressure contact at the above three or more contact points (in some cases, four points in total, P1a, P1b, P2, and P3, as illustrated in FIG. 1). is set to be less than the interval D2 (see FIG. 3) in the same direction.
  • the interval D2 is the lowest point N1 of the locking surface 64s of the upper jaw 62 in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 and the contact point of the upper jaw 62 with the closing wall 51 when the male projection 52 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted. N2 intervals are shown. This promotes the pressure contact state between the surfaces at the contact points P1a and P3.
  • the contact point N2 is closest to the coupling portion 68 along the insertion direction A1. It means the position point (ie the lowest point of the upper and lower range).
  • the minimum value of interval D2 is referenced for comparison with D1. It should be noted that the contact point N2 may be located slightly below the tip point of the upper jaw 62 .
  • the length D1 of the neck portion 52a is the distance (or the maximum value) between the wall surface 51f of the closing wall 51 and the upper locked surface 52e of the head 52b, or the lower covering of the wall surface 51f of the closing wall 51 and the head 52b. It is assumed to be equal to the spacing of the locking surfaces 52f (or its maximum value).
  • the contact of the lower jaw 61 means the point closest to the coupling portion 68 along the insertion direction A1 (that is, the highest point in the vertical range).
  • the length D1 is less than the interval D2', the pressure contact state between the surfaces at the contact points P1b and P2 is promoted.
  • Tip points 61e and 62e of the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 are located at the outermost position of the tape with respect to the mounting sheet 22. As shown in FIG.
  • the contact between the closing wall 51 and the female fitting 6 can be local contact.
  • the closing wall 51 may have a convex surface projecting outwards from the inner edge 31 a of the reinforcing sheet 31 .
  • the female fitting 6 eg, upper jaw 62
  • the upper jaw 62 may be provided with a convex surface 621 and the wall surface of the closure wall 51 with which it contacts may be a flat surface. In this case, there is no alignment problem, as described above.
  • the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are made of a material different from the resin of the fitting portions 11, 12 and the skin portions 41, 42, namely paper, nonwoven fabric, woven fabric, or knitted fabric, or a combination thereof.
  • the resin of the fitting portions 11, 12 and the skin portions 41, 42 is made of a thermoplastic polymer, more preferably a thermoplastic elastomer, such as thermoplastic polyurethane, polyester elastomer, olefin elastomer, polyvinyl chloride, and the like. .
  • the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 have flexibility, the flexibility of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is also ensured.
  • minute undulations are formed on both sides of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, so that the outer skins 41 and 42 adhere to the resin. sexuality is enhanced.
  • the first reinforcing sheet 31 can be provided so as to support the male fitting part 5 . This enhances the stability of the shape of the male fitting portion 5 .
  • a second reinforcing sheet 32 may be provided to support the female fitting 6 . This enhances the stability of the shape of the female fitting portion 6 .
  • a soft resin for example, thermoplastic polyurethane, polyester elastomer, olefin elastomer, polyvinyl chloride, etc.
  • the shape of the male fitting portion 5 and the female mold are changed during the curing process. Although the shape of the fitting portion 6 is likely to change, the shape change is suppressed thanks to the reinforcement sheets 31 and 32 .
  • the male fitting part 5 can be provided so that at least part of it is arranged on the first reinforcing sheet 31 .
  • Guide protrusions 53 may be arranged on the first reinforcing sheet 31 .
  • at least a portion (preferably the entire surface) of the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 on which the guide projections 53 are provided may be arranged on the first reinforcing sheet 31 . This promotes more stable support of the closing wall 51 by the first reinforcing sheet 31 .
  • the inner edge 31a of the first reinforcing sheet 31 is located outside the guide projection 53 or the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 with respect to the first mounting sheet 21, and in some cases directly below the top surface 51g of the closing wall 51. can be located.
  • the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 includes an inclined surface located above the guide projection 53 and a vertical surface located below the guide projection 53, both of which are located above the first reinforcing sheet 31. are doing.
  • the female fitting part 6 can be provided such that a receiving space 65 for receiving the male fitting part 5 is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet 32 .
  • part of the second reinforcing sheet 32 is embedded directly below the lower jaw 61 .
  • the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 (as well as the lower and upper locking surfaces 63s, 64s) are also positioned on the second reinforcing sheet 32 (on its upper surface). It is thought that the flexibility of the lower locking projection 63 is reduced by the reinforcing sheet 32 and the locking force is increased.
  • the inner edge 32 a of the second reinforcing sheet 32 can be positioned closer to the second contact surface 72 than the lower locking surface 63 s of the lower locking projection 63 . Additionally or alternatively, the inner edge 32a of the second reinforcing sheet 32 may be positioned directly below the aforementioned inclined surface 63j (immediately below the boundary between the gentle and steep areas of the inclined surface 63j).
  • both sides of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are preferably covered with the skin portions 41, 42.
  • the upper surface of the reinforcing sheet 32 can be exposed (see FIG. 5) or the lower surface of the reinforcing sheet 32 can be exposed (see FIG. 6).
  • the thickness of the rail fastener 100 and the amount of resin used increase, as shown in FIG.
  • the mounting sheets 21, 22 can be sewn to the object to be mounted with the sewing thread 8. Even if the needle penetrates through the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are prevented from being torn from there. Sewing is a method that cannot be adopted when the mounting sheets 21 and 22 are made of a single layer of resin.
  • the outer edges of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are aligned with the outer edges 21b, 21b, 21b of the mounting sheets 21, 22. 22b. That is, the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are introduced into the mounting sheets 21 and 22 so as to have such a positional relationship.
  • the thickness of the skin portions 41 and 42 (the upper layer of the skin portions covering the upper surfaces of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 or the skin portions covering the lower surfaces of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is reduced).
  • layer can be sufficiently thin.
  • the layer thicknesses TH41 and TH42 (see FIGS. 2 and 3) of the skin portions 41 and 42 are each smaller than the thickness of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, preferably 0.3 mm or less, or 0.3 mm or less. .2 mm or less.
  • the strength or flexibility of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is mainly ensured by the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, and the waterproofness of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is mainly ensured by the skin portions 41 and 42.
  • the thickness of the skin portions 41 and 42 may be changed between the upper layer and the lower layer of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 .
  • the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 may be covered with the skin portions 41 and 42 except for the front and rear end surfaces thereof.
  • a plurality of through-holes may be formed in the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 in order to enhance the adhesion between the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 and the skin portions 41 and 42 .
  • the upper layers of the skin portions 41 and 42 on the upper surfaces of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 and the lower layers of the skin portions 41 and 42 on the lower surfaces of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are connected by the resin filling the through holes of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32. .
  • each stringer 1, 2 can be manufactured by extrusion molding.
  • the extruder 200 includes a rotating machine 210, a screw 220 rotated by the rotating machine 210, a cylindrical body 230 containing the screw 220, a mouthpiece 240, a resin material inlet 250, and a reinforcing sheet 31. has a reel 260 on which is wound.
  • a heater is provided in the cylindrical body 230 to melt the solid resin.
  • Various configurations of extruder 200 may be employed, and the one shown in FIG. 8 is merely one example.
  • An appropriate mouthpiece 240 is adopted according to the cross-sectional shape of the stringers 1 and 2.
  • 9 shows a base 240a for stringer 1.
  • FIG. 10 shows a base 240b for stringer 2.
  • the position of the reinforcing sheet 31 at the ejection port 240m of the mouthpiece 240a and the position of the reinforcing sheet 32 at the ejection port 240n of the mouthpiece 240b are, as described above, when the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are fitted.
  • the second contact surfaces 71 and 72 are set to be in pressure contact with each other.
  • step (a) and (c) the operation of extruder 200 (eg, rotation of screw 220) and the supply of reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 (eg, feeding of reinforcing sheet 31 from reel 260) proceed simultaneously.
  • the rotation of the screw 220 causes the resin to flow inside the cylindrical body 230, reach the mouthpiece 240a, and be extruded from its outlet 240m.
  • the reinforcing sheet 31 delivered from the reel 260 travels along a predetermined running path of the mouthpiece 240a and is released from the ejection opening 240m of the mouthpiece 240a in a state of being embedded in the resin (attachment sheet 21).
  • steps (b) and (d) the same applies to steps (b) and (d).
  • the rotation of the screw 220 causes the resin to flow inside the cylindrical body 230, reach the mouthpiece 240b, and be extruded from the discharge port 240n.
  • the reinforcing sheet 32 delivered from the reel 260 travels along a predetermined running path of the mouthpiece 240b, and is released from the ejection port 240n of the mouthpiece 240b in a state of being embedded in the resin (attachment sheet 22).
  • the uncured stringers 1 and 2 ejected from the mouthpieces 240a and 240b are supplied to a cooler and forcedly cooled by water cooling or air cooling.
  • a support for supporting the stringers 1, 2 and a winding device are provided downstream of the extruder and the cooler.
  • the bases 240a, 240b can be designed so that the running path of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 alone (before being embedded in the resin) in the bases 240a, 240b ends just before the outlets 240m, 240n of the bases 240a, 240b. can.
  • the distance between the end point of the running path of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 alone and the outlets 240m, 240n of the mouthpieces 240a, 240b is appropriately secured, and the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are securely attached by resin (mounting sheets 21, 22). can be buried.
  • the bases 240a, 240b are configured to embody one or more of the features described with respect to the rail fastener 100.
  • the base 240 a is configured to form the first contact surface 71 on a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 31 .
  • the base 240b can also be configured in the same manner.
  • the position of the reinforcing sheet 32 at the outlet 240n of the base 240b can be set so that the receiving space 65 of the female fitting portion 6 is arranged on the reinforcing sheet 32.
  • the base 240 b can be configured such that a portion of the reinforcing sheet 32 is embedded directly below the lower jaw 61 .
  • the bases 240a, 240b can be configured to achieve various features with respect to the rail fastener 100. As shown in FIG.
  • the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 of the female fitting portion 6 are respectively of a reversed structure, and similarly, the lower and upper locked projections 52 of the male projection 52 are locked.
  • Each of the portions 52d and 52c can have a return structure (which can be fitted into the return structure of the locking projection).
  • the holding force of the male projection 52 by the female fitting portion 6 can be effectively increased.
  • the contact area between the female fitting portion 6 and the male projection 52 is increased, and the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 is also enhanced.
  • the female fitting portion 6 may need to deform more. If the female fitting part 6 is supported by the second reinforcing sheet 32 as described above, the female fitting part 6 is provided with sufficient mechanical strength to withstand it.
  • the lower locking surface 63s is slanted to approach the connecting portion 68 of the lower jaw 61 and upper jaw 62 as it extends upward, and the upper locking surface 64s is connected as it extends downwardly. It is slanted to approach portion 68 .
  • the lower locked surface 52f is slanted to accommodate contact with the lower locking surface 63s, and essentially approaches the first mounting seat 21 or the closing wall 51 as it extends downward.
  • the upper locked surface 52e is slanted to accommodate contact with the upper locking surface 64s, and essentially approaches the first mounting seat 21 or the closing wall 51 as it extends upwardly.
  • the lower engaging surface 63s, the upper engaging surface 64s, the lower engaged surface 52f, and the upper engaged surface 52e are each used for inserting the male projection 52 into the receiving space 65 of the female fitting portion 6. It can be formed to intersect the planes PL1 and PL2 parallel to the direction A1 at the same angle ⁇ 1. In this case, securing a sufficient contact area is facilitated.
  • the angle formed by the upper surface 52b1 of the head 52b and the upper locked surface 52e may also be the angle ⁇ 1 described above. The same applies to the angle formed by the lower surface 52b2 of the head 52b and the lower locked surface 52f.
  • Upper locking projection 64 may include a flat surface 64k contained in plane PL1, adjacent to which is formed an inclined surface 64j.
  • the lower locking projection 63 can include a flat surface 63k contained in the plane PL2, adjacent to which is formed an inclined surface 63j.
  • the length D1 of the neck portion 52a in the insertion direction A1 of the male projection 52 into the receiving space 65 of the female fitting portion 6 is determined by the lowest point N1 of the upper locking surface 64s and the upper engagement with the closing wall 51. It may be less than the minimum value of the distance D2 between the contact points N2 of the stop projections 64. This promotes the pressure contact state between the surfaces at the contact points P1a and P3. The relationship between D1' and D2' also applies.
  • the closing wall 51 can be made shorter than the female fitting portion 6.
  • the top surface 51g of the closing wall 51 is lower than the upper surface of the upper jaw 62, and a step is formed between the female fitting portion 6 and the male projection 52 in a fitted state.
  • the width of the rail portion 10 of the rail fastener 100 can be made to appear narrower.
  • the closing wall 51 is set at a height between the upper surface of the upper jaw 62 and the lower end of the upper locking projection 64 in order to secure the contact point P3.
  • the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are arranged such that the first reinforcing sheet 31 is The first contact surface 71 of the first fitting portion 11 located outside the inner edge of the sheet and the second contact surface 71 of the second fitting portion 12 located outside the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet 32 .
  • Surfaces 72 are configured for mutually compressive contact between the first and second reinforcing sheets 31,32. Even in such a case, the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are introduced into the mounting sheets 21 and 22 in the same manner as described above to obtain appropriate hardness, and at the same time, the resin portions are pressed against each other between the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32. The contact enhances the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 .
  • the first and second fitting portions 11, 12 can have various shapes. 15 to 17 , the first fitting portion 11 is the female fitting portion 6 and the second fitting portion 12 is the male fitting portion 5 .
  • the male fitting portion 5 is a columnar portion extending along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 and having a substantially circular cross section.
  • a core cord is provided on the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 32 and embedded in the column.
  • Notches 901 are provided on both upper and lower sides of the mounting sheet 22 on the outer peripheral surface of the column, thereby forming upper and lower engaged surfaces 52e and 52f.
  • the female fitting part 6 is a C-shaped part having a lower jaw 61 and an upper jaw 62 to receive the posts of the male fitting part 5 .
  • a core cord is provided on the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 31 and is embedded in the connecting portion between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 .
  • a passage 302 communicating with the receiving space 65 is formed between the distal end of the lower jaw 61 and the distal end of the upper jaw 62 .
  • the tip of the lower jaw 61 is provided with a lower locking projection 63 protruding toward the inside of the receiving space 65 so as to fit into the notch 901 of the pillar portion of the male fitting portion 5 .
  • the tip of the upper jaw 62 is provided with an upper locking projection 64 protruding toward the inside of the receiving space 65 so as to fit into the notch 901 of the post of the male fitting portion 5 .
  • the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 are provided with lower and upper locking surfaces 63s, 64s. 52e. 15 to 17, the first contact surface 71 is the surface that defines the receiving space 65 of the female fitting 6. As shown in FIGS.
  • the second contact surface 72 is the outer peripheral surface of the column.
  • FIG. 4 it has been shown that the slider 9 is attached to the rail portion 10 of the rail fastener 100 with reference to FIG.
  • the slider 9 shown in FIG. 4 has an insertion piece 99a that is inserted into the guide groove G1 of the first stringer 1 and an insertion piece 99b that is inserted into the guide groove G2 of the second stringer 2.
  • the slider 9 is prevented from coming off from the portion 10. - ⁇
  • the male and female fitting parts 5, 6 have both moderate hardness and moderate flexibility for mating and unfitting.
  • the slider 9 may drop off from the rail portion 10 due to the unevenness.
  • the slider 9 can be attached to the rail portion 10 again.
  • the slider body is formed in a cylindrical shape as disclosed in Patent Document 4
  • the sliding of the slider tends to be heavy.
  • the slider 9 includes, in addition to the first wing plate 94, the second wing plate 95, and the connecting post 96, a first insertion piece 99a inserted into the guide groove G1 of the first stringer 1, a second It has a second insertion piece 99b that is inserted into the guide groove G2 of the stringer 2 (see FIGS. 18 and 19).
  • the slider 9 has a first wing plate 94 and a second wing plate 95 to prevent the slider 9 from coming off the rail fastener 100. ⁇ Furthermore, the vertical direction of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 in the slider 9 is adjusted according to the insertion of the first insertion piece 99a into the guide groove G1 and the insertion of the second insertion piece 99b into the guide groove G2.
  • the vertical distance between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 is increased to prevent contact between the first blade 94 and the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6. Avoidance or reduction and/or avoidance or reduction of contact between the second blade 95 and the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 can be achieved. In some cases, it may also promote the provision of slider appearance designs that meet individual and diverse user uses.
  • the guide groove G1 of the first stringer 1 need not be defined between the guide protrusion 53 and the first attachment sheet 21.
  • the guide groove G2 of the second stringer 2 need not be defined between the guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22.
  • a guide groove G1 may be recessed in the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 of the male fitting portion 5 .
  • the coupling portion 68 of the female fitting portion 6 may be recessed with a guide groove G2.
  • the guide grooves G1 and G2 are portions recessed toward the central axis of the rail fastener 100 that coincides with the central line CL of the slider 9. As shown in FIG.
  • the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 include the first and second reinforcing sheets 31, 32, respectively, and the same effect as described above can be obtained. However, it is also possible to omit the first and second reinforcing sheets 31, 32, as is the case with all forms or features described below.
  • the first blade 94 exists on a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction
  • the second blade 95 exists on another plane orthogonal to the vertical direction, and both are arranged to face each other.
  • the first vane 94 has an outer surface 94t and an inner surface 94s which define a thickness.
  • the second blade 95 has an outer surface 95t and an inner surface 95s which define a thickness.
  • the inner surface 94s of the first blade 94 and the inner surface 95s of the second blade 95 define the vertical height H9 of the movement path within the slider 9.
  • the first vane 94 is provided with a pull attachment post
  • the second vane 95 may additionally or alternatively be provided with it.
  • the first vane 94 and the second vane 95 each have a relatively wide forward portion 941, 951, a relatively narrow aft portion 942, 952, and an intermediate portion thereof. and has an intermediate portion 943,953 that gradually increases in width from the rear portion 942,952 toward the front portion 941,951.
  • the vertical position of the male and female fittings 5, 6 is controlled.
  • the male and female mating portions 5, 6 are controlled in their lateral positions in addition to their vertical positions.
  • the longitudinal length of the front portions 941,951 is longer than the longitudinal length of the rear portions 942,952.
  • the longitudinal length of the intermediate portions 943 and 953 is shorter than the longitudinal length of the front portions 941 and 951 and the longitudinal length of the rear portions 942 and 952 .
  • the connecting post 96 is positioned rearwardly offset from the front end of the first blade 94 and the front end of the second blade 95 .
  • the front end portion of the first blade 94 and the front end portion of the second blade 95 each have opposing surfaces facing each other with a space therebetween in the upward direction.
  • the facing surface of the first blade 94 may include a first sloped surface 101 that slopes away from the second blade 95 as it moves away from the connecting post 96 .
  • the facing surface of the second blade 95 may include a second sloped surface 102 that slopes away from the first blade 94 as it moves away from the connecting post 96 .
  • First and second angled surfaces 101, 102 are positioned oppositely to define a tapered shape.
  • a flat surface may be formed between the first inclined surface 101 and the connection post 96 .
  • a flat surface may be formed between the second inclined surface 102 and the connecting post 96 .
  • the connecting post 96 extends vertically between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 to connect the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 .
  • the connecting post 96 preferably connects the front portion 941 and the front portion 951 , and more preferably connects the front portion 941 and the front portion 951 at positions adjacent to the intermediate portions 943 and 953 .
  • the connecting post 96 is positioned rearwardly offset from the front ends of the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 to form a space SP5 in front of the connecting post 96 .
  • the space SP5 is spatially restricted between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95, but is not restricted by first and second side walls 9a and 9b, which will be described later.
  • the space SP5 is located forward of the connecting post 96, and the first and second side walls 9a and 9b, which will be described later, are located behind the connecting post 96. As shown in FIG. Provision of the space SP5 prevents the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 from colliding with the connecting post 96 and causing the slider 9 to stop.
  • a first front opening M1 and a second front opening M2 are provided on both sides of the connecting post 96 .
  • the male fitting part 5 moves in and out of the slider 9 through the first front opening M1.
  • the female fitting part 6 moves in and out of the slider 9 through the second front opening M2.
  • the slider 9 has one rear opening M3 in addition to the first and second front openings M1 and M2 (see FIG. 22).
  • the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the fitted state move in and out of the slider 9 through the rear opening M3.
  • the slider 9 has first and second side walls 9a and 9b (left side wall) extending in the vertical direction from both side edges (left side edge and right side edge) of the first blade 94 in the width direction of the slider 9 toward the second side wall 95. wall and right side wall).
  • the slider 9 has third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d (left side wall and right side wall) extending along the vertical direction from both side edges of the second blade 95 in the width direction of the slider 9 toward the first blade 94. You may call it).
  • the vertical length of the first and second side walls 9a, 9b is longer than the vertical length of the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d, and is at least twice that.
  • a form in which the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d are omitted is also assumed.
  • the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are provided for fitting the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 together.
  • the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are pinchable and compressible between the first and second side walls 9a, 9b to fit within the slider 9.
  • the guide projection 53 is pushed by the first side wall 9a and the male projection 52 is also pushed in the same direction.
  • the male projection 52 tries to enter between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62
  • the female fitting portion 6 is pushed in the direction in which the male projection 52 enters, but the contact between the guide projection 66 and the second side wall 9b causes displacement. is blocked.
  • the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d are used for purposes other than fitting the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 (e.g., supporting the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 and/or It is provided for preventing entry of foreign matter into the slider 9).
  • the first and second side walls 9a, 9b are provided on the intermediate portion 943 and the rear portion 942 of the first blade 94 (in other words, they are not provided on the front portion 941).
  • the first and second side walls 9a, 9b have pressing surfaces 27, 28 for pressing the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6, respectively.
  • the pressing surfaces 27 and 28 approach each other as they are separated from the connecting post 96 at the intermediate portion 943 .
  • the pressing surfaces 27 and 28 extend parallel to the direction away from the connecting post 96 at the rear portion 942 .
  • the distance between the pressing surfaces 27 and 28 at the rear portion 942 is set slightly wider than the maximum width of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 in the fitted state. This avoids the sliding of the slider 9 becoming heavy.
  • the front end positions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are set at the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96 or a position slightly behind it (see FIG. 23).
  • the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are provided with a larger (more open) front opening M1 and a second front opening M2, and the slider 9 can be moved more smoothly. is promoted.
  • the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d can also be provided at similar positions and extents.
  • the first and second side walls 9 a and 9 b have base ends connected to the first blade 94 and tip ends separated from the first blade 94 .
  • the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d have a proximal end connected to the second vane 95 and a distal end remote from the second vane 95.
  • the leading end of the first side wall 9a and the leading end of the third side wall 9c are arranged to face each other, defining an insertion path for the first attachment sheet 21 therebetween.
  • the tip of the second side wall 9b and the tip of the fourth side wall 9d are arranged to face each other, defining an insertion path for the second attachment sheet 22 therebetween.
  • the tip portions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b have tip surfaces 9a1 and 9b1 included in a common plane perpendicular to the vertical direction (see FIG. 21).
  • the tip portions of the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d have tip surfaces 9c1 and 9d1 included in a common plane perpendicular to the vertical direction.
  • the first and second insert pieces 99a, 99b protrude from the first and second side walls 9a, 9b in the width direction of the slider 9 at positions away from the first blade plate 94 so as to approach each other.
  • the first and second insert pieces 99a and 99b are arranged so as to approach each other in the width direction of the slider 9 from the distal end portions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b away from the first vane plate 94 ( In other words, it projects toward the centerline CL of the slider 9).
  • the first insertion piece 99a is connected to the tip of the first side wall 9a to construct a wall portion having a substantially L-shaped cross section.
  • the second insertion piece 99b is connected to the tip of the second side wall 9b to construct a wall portion having a substantially L-shaped cross section (see FIGS. 21 and 22).
  • the first insertion piece 99a is provided so as to come into contact with the first mounting sheet 21 (for example, its upper surface 21m) together with the front end surface 9a1 of the front end portion of the first side wall 9a.
  • the second inserting piece 99b is provided so as to come into contact with the second mounting sheet 22 (for example, its upper surface 22m) together with the tip surface 9b1 of the tip of the second side wall 9b.
  • the first insertion piece 99a is provided so as to have a surface flush with the tip surface 9a1 of the tip portion of the first side wall 9a.
  • the second insertion piece 99b is provided so as to have a surface that is flush with the tip surface 9b1 of the tip portion of the second side wall 9b. It is also possible to reduce the contact area of the first mounting sheet 21 by shifting the first insertion piece 99a slightly upward from the tip surface 9a1 of the first side wall 9a. The same applies to the second insert piece 99b.
  • the first insertion piece 99a is loosely fitted into the guide groove G1 and/or the second insertion piece 99b is loosely fitted into the guide groove G2. That is, the vertical spacing between the first guide projection 53 and the first mounting sheet 21 is set to allow loose fitting of the insertion piece 99a in the guide groove G1, and in short, is equivalent to the thickness of the first insertion piece 99a. or slightly larger.
  • the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are extruded portions, and their shape accuracy is not very high. Thus, the above design avoids excessive press-fitting.
  • the vertical spacing between the second guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22 is also set in the same manner.
  • the insert piece 99a is press-fitted into the guide groove G1 and/or the insert piece 99b is press-fitted into the guide groove G2. That is, the vertical spacing between the first guide projection 53 and the first mounting sheet 21 is set to allow the insertion piece 99a to be press-fitted into the guide groove G1, and in short, is equal to or slightly smaller than the thickness of the insertion piece 99a. is set lower than As a result, although the sliding of the slider 9 becomes heavy, the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 can be reliably positioned within the slider 9 at the target vertical positions.
  • the vertical interval between the second guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22 is also set in the same manner.
  • the thickness of the first and second inserts 99a, 99b tapers toward the centerline CL of the slider 9. That is, the vertical spacing between the insertion piece 99a and the first blade 94 gradually increases toward the center line CL of the slider 9, and/or the vertical spacing between the insertion piece 99a and the second blade 95 increases toward the center of the slider 9. Gradually increases towards line CL.
  • the same explanation applies to the insertion piece 99b, and a redundant explanation is omitted.
  • a non-limiting example of the effect is to promote insertion of the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and insertion of the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2.
  • the male fitting portion 5 and the male fitting portion 5 in a state of being completely fitted in the slider 9
  • the female fitting portion 6 is arranged with an upper space SP1 with respect to the first blade 94 and with a lower space SP2 with respect to the second blade 95 .
  • the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the state of being completely fitted in the slider 9, the first mounting sheet 21 and the second mounting sheet 22 are located on the inner surface 94s of the first blade plate 94. and the inner surface 95s of the second blade 95 in a non-contact manner.
  • the contact area between the rail fastener 100 and the slider 9 is reduced, and smooth movement of the slider 9 is facilitated.
  • the first mounting sheet 21 and the second mounting sheet 22 are attached to the first blade plate 94.
  • the first mounting sheet 21 and the second mounting sheet 22 are lifted from the second blade 95 and the third side wall 9c and the fourth side wall 9d provided thereon. movement becomes lighter.
  • the tip surfaces 9a1 and 9b1 (see FIG. 21) of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b can be held in contact with the top surfaces 21m and 22m of the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22, respectively.
  • the tip surfaces of the tip portions of the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d away from the second vane plate 95 are opposed to the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 with a clearance therebetween. are placed.
  • the insertion path for the attachment sheet is narrowed.
  • each of the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 of the pair of jaws is connected to the first wing plate 94 and the second wing plate. No strong contact or no contact with any of 95.
  • the male projection 52 presses the lower jaw 61 downward and pushes the male projection 52 between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62. Mold projection 52 pushes upper jaw 62 upward, lower jaw 61 approaches second vane 95 and upper jaw 62 approaches first vane 94 .
  • the upper space SP1 and the lower space SP2 facilitate the fitting between the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6, and the sliding of the slider 9 is lightened.
  • Receiving grooves G3 and/or grooves G4 may be provided in the first vane 94 and/or the second vane 95 to receive (outer edge of the seat relative to the mounting seat 22).
  • the upper space SP1 can preferably be provided over a vertical range of 1/10 or more of the vertical height H9 of the movement path in the slider 9.
  • the vertical range of the lower space SP2 is larger than the vertical range of the upper space SP1.
  • the distance W6 between the first insertion piece 99a and the second insertion piece 99b can be set so that the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 are not pressed between them when the slider 9 moves. This prevents the slider 9 from sliding excessively.
  • a slight gap W7 is set between the insert piece 99a and the male fitting portion 5 (for example, its closing wall), and similarly between the insert piece 99b and the female fitting portion 6 A slight gap W8 is set.
  • a first insertion piece 99a is connected to the tip of the first side wall 9a, and a second insertion piece 99b is connected to the tip of the second side wall 9b.
  • the first and second insert pieces 99a and 99b are on the same plane, and the passage width in the width direction of the slider 9 is narrowed.
  • the first insertion piece 99a is sandwiched between the first guide projection 53 and the first mounting sheet 21.
  • the second insertion piece 99b is sandwiched between the second guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22.
  • a first guide projection 53 is arranged in the space between the first insertion piece 99a and the first blade 94
  • a second guide projection 66 is arranged in the space between the second insertion piece 99b and the first blade 94.
  • the first insertion piece 99a is inserted into the guide groove G1, so that the male fitting portion 5 is positioned within the slider 9 at a constant height.
  • the second inserting piece 99b is inserted into the guide groove G2, so that the female fitting portion 6 is positioned within the slider 9 at a constant height.
  • the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are split open at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. Since the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are already split open at the positions on the left and right sides of the connecting post 96, when the slider 9 moves backward, the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are They move obliquely forward with respect to the slider 9 so as to separate from each other. In this process, the male projection 52 pushes the upper jaw 62 upward and the lower jaw 61 downward.
  • the male fitting portion 5 When the slider 9 moves forward, the male fitting portion 5 obliquely enters the slider 9 from the first front opening M1 of the slider 9 .
  • the female fitting portion 6 enters obliquely into the slider 9 from the second front opening M2 of the slider 9 .
  • the male and female mating parts 5, 6 are in an unmated and separated state.
  • the male and female mating parts 5 and 6 are positionally restricted between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 .
  • the rail fastener 100 In the rear range of the connecting post 96, the rail fastener 100 is positioned high within the slider 9 by inserting the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and inserting the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2. are regulated. Therefore, at a position forward of the connecting post 96, the individual heights of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 that have not yet been fitted are also restricted for the continuity of each stringer.
  • the vertical distance between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 can be increased.
  • the collision between the male fitting portion 5 (for example, the top of the closing wall) and the first blade 94 and the collision between the female fitting portion 6 (for example, the upper jaw 62) and the first Collision avoidance of the vanes 94 can be further promoted.
  • the rail fastener 100 When the rail fastener 100 is attached between the left and right halves of the front body of the garment, the rail fastener 100 may be greatly curved in any direction following the flexibility of the garment. The above feature is one of the countermeasures against such cases.
  • the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are completely fitted at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear.
  • the male and female mating parts 5, 6 approach each other during the mating process. Briefly, the male projection 52 is inserted between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62, the lower jaw 61 is pushed downward, the upper jaw 62 is pushed upward, and when the jaws are displaced sufficiently, the male projection 52 is inserted into the female jaw. It completely enters the receiving space of the mold fitting part 6 (at the same time, the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 return from the tilted position to the flat position).
  • the rail fastener 100 is positioned high within the slider 9 by inserting the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and inserting the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2. are regulated.
  • the male projection 52 is press-fitted between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 in a state in which the vertical displacement of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 is restricted, thus promoting smooth fitting thereof.
  • the front ends of the first and second insertion pieces 99a and 99b are positioned at the front end point of the male fitting portion 5 (for example, toward the female fitting portion 6 side) in the direction along the center line CL of the slider 9.
  • a movement trajectory L7 of the tip point of the male projection 52) and a movement trajectory of the tip point of the female fitting portion 6 (for example, tip points of the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 on the male fitting portion 5 side). It is positioned forward of the intersection of L8. This promotes stable and smooth fitting of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 .
  • the intersection point corresponds to the position of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 during the mating process (before completion of mating).
  • Dotted line L6, together with dotted line L7 depicts the width of the male fitting 5 during movement.
  • Dotted line L9, together with dotted line L8, depicts the width of female fitting 6 during movement.
  • the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 can be turned upside down. Accordingly, the positions of the first to fourth side walls 9a to 9d are also changed. Even in such a case, the same effect as described above can be expected.
  • the male and female fittings 5, 6 are placed inside the garment (eg waterproof or windproof jacket) and are unobtrusive in the appearance of the garment.
  • a closing line formed at the contact point P2 between the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 when the rail fastener 100 is closed appears in the appearance of the garment. This is particularly advantageous in that it contributes to hiding the presence of the rail fastener 100 in the appearance of the garment.
  • the features of the sliders described with reference to FIGS. 18 to 26 can be applied to the sliders described below as long as they are not inconsistent (for example, except for the incompatibility), and vice versa. be.
  • the first and second inserts 99a, 99b can be applied to sliders for double fasteners described below.
  • the double fastener 17 has a rail fastener 100 having one or any combination of the various features described above and a fastener chain 7 attached to the rail fastener 100 .
  • the fastener chain 7 is fixed and laminated to the rail fastener 100 by, for example, an adhesive, thermocompression bonding, or heat welding.
  • the fastener chain 7 includes a third stringer 13 attached to the first stringer 1 and a fourth stringer 14 attached to the second stringer 2 .
  • the third and fourth stringers 13, 14 are respectively first and second coiled elements that engage synchronously with the engagement of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 when the slider 9 advances. 15, 16 included.
  • the fastener chain 7 includes first and second coiled elements 15 and 16, and the engagement between the two solves the above-described positional displacement problem.
  • the third and fourth stringers 13,14 each have first and second fastener tapes 117,118 with first and second coiled elements 15,16 sewn to opposite side edges.
  • First and second coiled elements 15,16 are provided on opposite sides of the male and female fittings 5,6. That is, when the male and female fittings 5, 6 are provided on the upper side of the double fastener 17, the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are provided on the lower side thereof, and vice versa. .
  • the first coil-shaped element 15 and the male fitting portion 5 are positioned on opposite sides of the laminate of the first mounting sheet 21 and the first fastener tape 117, and are vertically laminated with the laminate sandwiched therebetween.
  • the second coil-shaped element 16 and the female fitting portion 6 are positioned on opposite sides of the laminate of the second mounting sheet 22 and the second fastener tape 118, and are vertically laminated with the laminate sandwiched therebetween.
  • the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 consist of helical monofilaments shaped to form engaging heads 37 at a constant pitch (see FIGS. 27-29).
  • the helical monofilament includes the first leg portion 35, the second leg portion 36, the engaging head portion 37, and the reversing portion 38 as one helical unit (briefly, engaging element), and this helical unit (engaging element ) are consecutively formed.
  • the engaging head 37 is a portion formed with a wide monofilament, and the wide portion is oriented along the longitudinal direction of the fastener tape.
  • the first and second fastener tapes 117, 118 are A slight gap is formed between them, but this gap is closed by the lower jaw 61 of the female fitting part 6 due to the fitting of the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 .
  • the lower jaw 61 is positioned between the male projection 52 and the first coiled element 15 (more precisely, the male projection 52 and the first coiled element 15). between the fastener tapes 117). This closes the gap between the first and second fastener tapes 117, 118 and the mandible 61 prevents movement of fluid through this gap.
  • the width W2 of the engaged first and second coiled elements 15, 16 is greater than the engaged male width (in the width direction of the double fastener 17). less than the maximum width of the mold and female fittings 5,6;
  • the degree of positional deviation can be reduced.
  • the number of helical units (engagement elements) of the coiled element per unit length in the longitudinal direction of the double fastener 17 is increased to promote smooth engagement of the first and second coiled elements 15 and 16. .
  • One stringer 121 of the double fastener 17 includes a laminate of the first stringer 1 and the third stringer 13, and the other stringer 122 includes a laminate of the second stringer 2 and the fourth stringer.
  • the first mounting sheet 21 includes the first reinforcing sheet 31
  • the first mounting sheet 21 can have a thickness greater than the thickness of the first fastener tape 117 .
  • the second mounting sheet 22 includes the second reinforcing sheet 32
  • the second mounting sheet 22 may have a thickness greater than the thickness of the second fastener tape 118 .
  • the first and second fastener tapes 117, 118 are typically a woven or knitted fabric or a mixture thereof, more preferably a knitted fabric that is more flexible than the woven fabric, so that the stringers overlap each other. It is possible to reduce the degree of reduction in flexibility due to alignment.
  • the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are thinner than the male and female mating portions 5, 6, respectively, so that lamination of the fastener chain 7 to the rail fastener 100 is facilitated. The accompanying degree of thickness increase can be reduced.
  • the slider 9 is shared by the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 and the first and second coiled elements 15, 16.
  • the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are sandwiched between the first and second side walls 9a and 9b and are fitted under pressure in the same manner as described above, so redundant description will be omitted.
  • the upper jaws 62 of the female fittings 5,6 are displaced upwards when the male and female fittings 5,6 are mated.
  • the receiving groove G3 can also be formed in a limited position and range where the upper jaw 62 exits from the flat posture and assumes an inclined posture.
  • the receiving groove G3 extends linearly from a position adjacent the rear end of the connecting post 96 until it reaches the rear end face of the first vane 94 .
  • the slider 9 has a first blade 94, a second blade 95, and a connecting post 96.
  • the connecting post 96 connects the front ends of the first blade 94 and the second blade 95. , the above-described space SP5 shown in FIG.
  • One reason for the omission is that the tracks of the first and second stringers 1 and 2 of the rail fastener 100 are appropriately formed because the fastener chain 7 is attached to the rail fastener 100 .
  • the front end positions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are set slightly behind the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96 (see FIG. 33).
  • the front end positions of the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d are set slightly behind the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96.
  • the first front opening M1 and the second front opening M2 are provided larger (more open) while ensuring proper guiding ability of the side walls, thereby promoting smoother movement of the slider 9.
  • the slider 9 does not have the above-described first and second insert pieces 99a, 99b.
  • the laminated portion of the first attachment sheet 21 and the first fastener tape 117 is loosely inserted between the first side wall 9a and the third side wall 9c.
  • the laminated portion of the second mounting sheet 22 and the second fastener tape 118 is loosely inserted between the second side wall 9b and the fourth side wall 9d.
  • the receiving groove G3 can be provided in the first vane 94, whereby the vertical distance between the first vane 94 and the second vane 95 can be set relatively narrow, while the first vane Interference between the wing plate 94 and the upper jaw 62 can be avoided or reduced.
  • the upper jaw 62 is received by the receiving groove G3 during the fitting process of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6, and the sliding of the slider 9 is avoided or suppressed from becoming heavy.
  • the slider 9 has a first raised portion 25 raised from the first side wall 9a toward the second side wall 9b and a second raised portion 26 raised from the second side wall 9b toward the first side wall 9a. They are arranged facing each other with a space that allows deformation of the upper jaw 62 . Thereby, while avoiding or suppressing interference with the upper jaw 62, displacement of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 toward the first blade 94 can be restricted.
  • the first raised portion 25 is arranged directly above the first guide protrusion 53 with a clearance therebetween, and is connected to the first blade plate 94 .
  • the second raised portion 26 is arranged directly above the second guide projection 66 with a clearance therebetween, and is connected to the first blade plate 94 . Since the rear opening M3 of the slider 9 is narrowed by the provision of the first protruding portion 25 and the second protruding portion 26, it is desirable to provide the clearance as described above in order to reduce this effect.
  • the first protuberance 25 protrudes from the pressing surface 27 of the first side wall 9a toward the second side wall 9b, and is positioned closer to the center line CL of the slider 9 than the pressing surface 27. It has a non-pressing surface 25a.
  • the second protruding portion 26 protrudes from the pressing surface 28 of the second side wall 9b toward the first side wall 9a, and in short, the non-pressing surface 26a positioned closer to the center line CL of the slider 9 than the pressing surface 28 is. have.
  • a first width W4 is defined between these non-pressing surfaces 25a, 26a, which is smaller than the maximum spacing W3 between the first side wall 9a and the second side wall 9b.
  • the spacing between the first side wall 9a and the second side wall 9b in the width direction of the slider 9 is at least a first distance from the first vane 94 at a second location further away from the first vane 94. It narrows at a first position closer to vanes 94 .
  • the first and second raised portions 25 and 26 can be formed over the entire length of the first side wall 9a and the second side wall 9b along the center line CL of the slider 9, respectively.
  • the first and second protrusions 25 and 26 may be formed mirror-symmetrically with respect to the center line CL of the slider 9 .
  • the maximum distance W3 between the first and second side walls 9a and 9b in the width direction of the slider 9 is equal to the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9c in the width direction of the slider 9 at all positions behind the connecting post 96. It is set larger than the maximum interval W2 of 9d. Employment of a small coiled element is promoted to achieve the same effect as described above (for example, reducing the degree of positional deviation described above).
  • the second blade 95 can have a convex partition 131 extending rearward from the connecting post 96 to regulate the vertical position of the first and second coiled elements 15 and 16 in the engaged state. At a position above the partition 131, the engaging heads 37 of the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged and disengaged.
  • the partition part 131 extends at an intermediate position between the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d.
  • the partition part 131 is formed lower than the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d.
  • the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 are pressed between the first and second side walls 9a, 9b and fitted within the slider 9.
  • the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged and disengaged between the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d without being squeezed therebetween.
  • the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged and disengaged without the need for external forces by moving along defined movement trajectories. Therefore, the sliding of the slider 9 does not become heavier than the allowable range due to the addition of the coiled element.
  • the connecting post 96 maintains substantially the same cross-sectional shape between the first wing plate 94 and the second wing plate 95, and the mold for molding the slider 9 can be simplified.
  • the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are completely fitted at a position separated by a first distance from the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96 .
  • the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 complete engagement at a first distance or a second distance away from the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96. As shown in FIG.
  • the engagement of the coiled elements 15 and 16 is temporally greater than the engagement of the male and female fittings 5 and 6 when the slider 9 moves forward. can be said to be ahead. Regarding the time of backward movement of the slider 9, it can be said that the disengagement of the former comes later than the disengagement of the latter.
  • the influence of the fitting of the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 is reduced. This prevents the coiled elements 15 and 16 from being erroneously engaged or disengaged from each other. For example, it is possible to avoid a situation where the engaging head 37 of the coiled element 15 and the engaging head 37 of the coiled element 16 collide with each other and fail to engage well.
  • the slider 9 can have an element guide portion 45 shaped complementary to the curved surface of the inverted portion 38 of the first coiled element 15 and also the curved surface of the inverted portion 38 of the second coiled element 16 .
  • the element guide portions 45, 46 are connected to the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d, respectively, and positioned closer to the center line CL of the slider 9 than the side walls 9c, 9d.
  • Each element guide 45, 46 has a semi-concave curved surface.
  • the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are supported by the element guides 45, 46 located on both sides of the center line CL of the slider 9, thereby setting them at appropriate heights within the slider 9. .
  • the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are split open at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. Since the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are already split open at the positions on both the left and right sides of the connecting post 96, they can be moved to the rear of the connecting post 96 without applying a large force to the slider 9.
  • the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 can be smoothly split open (at a predetermined position apart). When the slider 9 moves backward, the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 move obliquely forward with respect to the slider 9 so as to separate from each other. In this process, the male projection 52 pushes the upper jaw 62 upward and the lower jaw 61 downward.
  • the coiled elements 15 and 16 are disengaged at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. Since the coiled elements 15 and 16 are already disengaged at the positions on the left and right sides of the connecting post 96 , the coiled elements 15 and 16 do not apply a large force to the slider 9 (predetermined positions away from the connecting post 96 to the rear). d) the engagement of the coiled elements 15, 16 can be released smoothly.
  • the male fitting portion 5 When the slider 9 moves forward, the male fitting portion 5 obliquely enters the slider 9 from the first front opening M1 of the slider 9 . Similarly, the female fitting portion 6 enters obliquely into the slider 9 from the second front opening M2 of the slider 9 .
  • the male and female mating parts 5, 6 are in an unmated and separated state. The male and female mating parts 5 and 6 are positionally restricted between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 .
  • the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are pinched and pressed between the first and second side walls 9a and 9b in the process of reaching a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 rearward.
  • the male projection 52 is inserted between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 and pushes the lower jaw 61 downward and the upper jaw 62 upward until their displacement is sufficient so that the male projection 52 engages the female fitting portion 6 .
  • Full entry into the receiving space at the same time the lower jaw 61 and upper jaw 62 return from the tilted position to the flat position).
  • Interference between the upper jaw 62 and the first blade 94 is avoided or reduced to a lesser degree by the receiving groove G3 formed in the first blade 94, and heavy sliding of the slider 9 is avoided or suppressed. be. This point is particularly advantageous when the slider 9 moves forward when the slider 9 slides more heavily than when the slider 9 moves backward.
  • the coiled elements 15, 16 are not pressed between the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d in the process of reaching a predetermined position rearwardly of the connecting post 96, and move exclusively along the locus of movement. Movement brings them into engagement.
  • the coiled elements 15, 16 are placed on the outside of the garment (eg waterproof or windproof jacket) and the male and female fittings 5, 6 are placed on the inside of the garment.
  • the male and female fittings 5, 6 are located inside the garment (eg waterproof or windproof jacket) and are unobtrusive in the appearance of the garment.
  • the coiled elements 15, 16 appear in the appearance of the garment when the rail fastener 100 is closed. This contributes to making the appearance of the double fastener 17 look the same as that of general slide fastener products in the appearance of the garment.
  • said male fitting (5) and said female fitting to a first stringer (1) comprising a male fitting (5) and a second stringer (2) comprising a female fitting (6);
  • a slider (9) mounted to allow mating and unmating of the joint (6), a first blade (94); a second blade (95);
  • a connecting post (96) extending vertically between the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) to connect the first blade (94) and the second blade (95).
  • first and second side walls (9a, 9b) extending along the vertical direction from both side edges of the first blade (94) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the second blade (95); and first and second protruding from the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) at a position away from the first blade (94) so as to approach each other in the width direction of the slider (9) Equipped with insert pieces (99a, 99b),
  • the first insert piece (99a) is inserted into the first guide groove (G1) of the first stringer (1)
  • the second insert piece (99b) is inserted into the second guide groove (G1) of the second stringer (2).
  • G2 to regulate the vertical positions of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) in the slider (9) accordingly.
  • said female fitting (6) comprises a pair of jaws (61, 62), In the process of fitting the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) in the slider (9), each of the pair of jaws (61, 62) The slider according to any one of [1] to [3], which contacts neither the plate (94) nor the second blade (95). [5] At least one of the first wing plate (94) and the second wing plate (95) is engaged with or disengaged from the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6). Slider according to [4], having a receiving groove (G3) for receiving one of said pair of jaws (61, 62) to be displaced.
  • G3 receiving groove
  • the first insertion piece (99a) is provided so as to come into contact with the first attachment sheet (21) of the first stringer (1) together with the tip surface (9a1) of the tip of the first side wall (9a),
  • the second insertion piece (99b) is provided so as to come into contact with the second attachment sheet (22) of the second stringer (2) together with the tip surface (9b1) of the tip of the second side wall (9b).
  • the slider according to any one of [1] to [5].
  • a third stringer (13) is attached to the first stringer (1), and a fourth stringer (14) is attached to the second stringer (2),
  • the third and fourth stringers (13, 14) are synchronized with the engagement of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) respectively when the slider (9) advances.
  • the slider (9) has third and fourth blades extending in the vertical direction from both side edges of the second blade (95) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the first blade (94).
  • the maximum distance between the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) in the width direction of the slider (9) is the above width in the width direction of the slider (9) at all positions behind the connecting post (96)
  • a slider according to [8] which is set larger than the maximum distance between the third and fourth side walls (9c, 9d).
  • the reinforcing sheet is not limited to a single layer, and may be multi-layered.
  • the reinforcing sheet is a laminate of fabric and paper.

Landscapes

  • Slide Fasteners (AREA)

Abstract

In a rail fastener (100), first and second fitting parts (11, 12) are configured such that, when the first and second fitting parts (11, 12) are fitted together, a first contact surface (71), of a first skin section (41) (or the first fitting part (11)), located at a position further outward than an inner edge (31a) of a first reinforcement sheet (31) and a second contact surface (72), of a second skin section (42) (or the second fitting part (12)), located at a position further outward than an inner edge (32a) of a second reinforcement sheet (32) are brought into press-contact with each other between the first and second reinforcement sheets (31, 32).

Description

レールファスナー及びその製造方法、並びに二重ファスナーRail fastener, manufacturing method thereof, and double fastener
　本開示は、レールファスナー及びその製造方法、並びに二重ファスナーに関する。 The present disclosure relates to rail fasteners, manufacturing methods thereof, and double fasteners.
　特許文献１，２には、雄型嵌合部が雌型嵌合部に圧入されて真空シールを形成するレールファスナーが開示されている。押出成形によって雌押出部と雄押出部が形成される。雌押出部は、平坦部分とそこから立ち上がる雌型嵌合部を有する。同様、雄押出部は、平坦部分とそこから立ち上がる雄型嵌合部を有する。 Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose rail fasteners in which a male fitting portion is press-fitted into a female fitting portion to form a vacuum seal. A female extrusion and a male extrusion are formed by extrusion. The female extrusion has a flat portion and a female mating portion rising therefrom. Similarly, the male extrusion has a flat portion and a male mating portion upstanding therefrom.
　特許文献３は、面ファスナーに関し、ダイホイールと射出ダイの溶融樹脂出口の隙間に粗目のシート材を供給してシート材入りの面ファスナーを製造することが開示されている。シート材としては、織物、編物、不織布、金網、樹脂フィルムなどが例示されている（特許文献３の段落００２４参照）。特許文献４も、面ファスナーに関し、広い温度域で係合力を確保するために硬質な樹脂製の補強体層を設けることが開示されている。特許文献５，６には、レールファスナー用のスライダーが開示されている。特許文献７，８にはコイル状エレメントを具備するファスナーチェーンがレールファスナーに貼り合わされた二重ファスナーが開示されている。 Regarding hook-and-loop fasteners, Patent Document 3 discloses manufacturing a hook-and-loop fastener containing a sheet material by supplying a coarse sheet material to a gap between a die wheel and a molten resin outlet of an injection die. Examples of sheet materials include woven fabrics, knitted fabrics, non-woven fabrics, wire meshes, and resin films (see paragraph 0024 of Patent Document 3). Patent Literature 4 also relates to hook-and-loop fasteners, and discloses providing a reinforcing layer made of hard resin in order to ensure engaging force in a wide temperature range. Patent Documents 5 and 6 disclose sliders for rail fasteners. Patent Documents 7 and 8 disclose a double fastener in which a fastener chain having a coiled element is attached to a rail fastener.
米国特許第８４３８７０６号明細書U.S. Pat. No. 8,438,706 米国特許第８６４６１５６号明細書U.S. Pat. No. 8,646,156 特許第３５０５０３０号公報Japanese Patent No. 3505030 特開平６－１５４０１６号公報JP-A-6-154016 特許第６３７７６４１号公報Japanese Patent No. 6377641 特開２０１３－９９４２５号公報JP 2013-99425 A 中国実用新案第２０１５５７６４８号明細書Chinese Utility Model No. 201557648 中国実用新案第２２９１８１３号明細書Chinese Utility Model No. 2291813
　取付対象物に対するレールファスナーの熱圧着のため、又は、レールファスナーの嵌合部同士の円滑な嵌合のためにある程度の軟性を有する樹脂でレールファスナーを成形する場合、レールファスナーの取付のための取付シートの厚みを抑えつつ適度な硬さを得ることが容易ではなく、またレールファスナーのシール性能（例えば、水密性、気密性）も安定しないおそれがある。なお、取付シートが樹脂の薄層として形成される場合、取付シートが軟らかすぎてその取付（例えば、熱圧着及び／又は縫着）に際して取り扱いづらいおそれがある。このように、レールファスナーの取付シートの適度な硬さとレールファスナーのシール性能の向上を同時に達成することには困難があった。 For mounting rail fasteners when molding rail fasteners with a resin that has a certain degree of flexibility for thermocompression bonding of rail fasteners to objects to be mounted, or for smooth fitting of fitting portions of rail fasteners. It is not easy to obtain an appropriate hardness while suppressing the thickness of the mounting sheet, and the sealing performance (for example, watertightness and airtightness) of the rail fastener may not be stable. If the mounting sheet is formed as a thin layer of resin, the mounting sheet may be too soft and difficult to handle during mounting (for example, thermocompression bonding and/or sewing). Thus, it has been difficult to simultaneously achieve appropriate hardness of the mounting sheet for the rail fastener and improvement of the sealing performance of the rail fastener.
　本開示の一態様に係るレールファスナーは、第１取付シートと第１嵌合部を含む第１ストリンガーと、第２取付シートと第２嵌合部を含む第２ストリンガーを含み、第１及び第２嵌合部が嵌合してレール部が形成される。第１取付シートは、可撓性のある第１補強シートと、第１補強シートを少なくとも部分的に被覆するべく第１嵌合部から延出し、第１嵌合部の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る第１表皮部を含む。第２取付シートは、可撓性のある第２補強シートと、第２補強シートを少なくとも部分的に被覆するべく第２嵌合部から延出し、第２嵌合部の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る第２表皮部を含む。次の（ｉ）及び（ｉｉ）のいずれかの条件が満足される：（ｉ）第１及び第２嵌合部は、第１及び第２嵌合部の嵌合時、第１補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に位置する第１表皮部の第１接触面と、第２補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に位置する第２表皮部の第２接触面が、第１及び第２補強シートの間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触するように構成される；及び（ｉｉ）第１及び第２嵌合部は、第１及び第２嵌合部の嵌合時、第１補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に位置する第１嵌合部の第１接触面と、第２補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に位置する第２嵌合部の第２接触面が、第１及び第２補強シートの間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触するように構成される。 A rail fastener according to one aspect of the present disclosure includes a first stringer that includes a first mounting sheet and a first fitting portion, and a second stringer that includes a second mounting sheet and a second fitting portion. The two fitting portions are fitted to form a rail portion. The first mounting sheet includes a flexible first reinforcing sheet and a first mounting sheet extending from the first fitting portion to at least partially cover the first reinforcing sheet and made of the same resin as the resin of the first fitting portion. including a first skin consisting of: A second mounting sheet extends from the second fitting portion to at least partially cover the second reinforcing sheet, which is flexible, and is made of the same resin as the resin of the second fitting portion. a second skin consisting of Either of the following conditions (i) and (ii) are satisfied: (i) the first and second fitting portions are arranged so that the first reinforcing sheet is The first contact surface of the first skin portion located outside the inner edge of the seat and the second contact surface of the second skin portion located outside the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet are the first and second contact surfaces of the second reinforcing sheet. and (ii) the first and second mating portions are configured to compressively contact each other between the second reinforcing sheets; A first contact surface of the first fitting portion located outside the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet, and a second contact surface of the second fitting portion located outside the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet. are configured to press against each other between the first and second stiffening sheets.
　（ｉ）の条件が満足される場合、第１嵌合部は、少なくとも雄型突起を含む雄型嵌合部であり、第２嵌合部は、雄型突起を受容する受容空間を有し、かつ受容空間から雄型突起が離脱することを阻止するように形状付けられた雌型嵌合部であり得る。更には、雌型嵌合部は、受容空間が第２補強シート上に配されるように設けられ得る。また、更には、雌型嵌合部は、雌型嵌合部からの雄型突起の離脱を阻止する係止面が設けられた係止突起を有し、係止面は、第２補強シート上に位置付けられ得る。 When condition (i) is satisfied, the first fitting portion is a male fitting portion including at least a male projection, and the second fitting portion has a receiving space for receiving the male projection. and a female mating shaped to prevent disengagement of the male projection from the receiving space. Furthermore, the female fitting can be provided such that the receiving space is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet. Furthermore, the female fitting portion has a locking projection provided with a locking surface that prevents the male projection from being detached from the female fitting portion, and the locking surface is provided with the second reinforcing sheet. can be positioned above.
　幾つかの実施形態では、雌型嵌合部は、受容空間を画定するべく対向配置された下顎及び上顎を含む。下顎は、下側係止面を有するべく上方に突出した下側係止突起を含み、上顎は、上側係止面を有するべく下方に突出した上側係止突起を含む。雄型突起は、首部と頭部を有する矢型突起であり、頭部が、下側被係止面を有するべく下方に突出した下側被係止部と、上側被係止面を有するべく上方に突出した上側被係止部を有する。下側係止面と上側係止面が第２補強シート上に位置付けられ得る。 In some embodiments, the female fitting includes lower and upper jaws arranged oppositely to define a receiving space. The lower jaw includes a lower locking projection projecting upward to have a lower locking surface and the upper jaw includes an upper locking projection projecting downward to have an upper locking surface. The male projection is an arrow-shaped projection having a neck and a head, the head having a lower locking portion projecting downward to have a lower locking surface and an upper locking surface. It has an upper locked portion projecting upward. A lower locking surface and an upper locking surface may be positioned on the second reinforcing sheet.
　幾つかの実施形態では、下側係止面は、上方に延びるに応じて下顎と上顎の結合部に接近するように傾斜し、上側係止面は、下方に延びるに応じて結合部に接近するように傾斜し、下側被係止面は、下側係止面との接触のために傾斜し、上側被係止面は、上側係止面との接触のために傾斜する。 In some embodiments, the lower locking surface is angled to approach the junction of the lower and upper jaws as it extends upwards and the upper locking surface approaches the junction as it extends downwards. , the lower locked surface is inclined for contact with the lower locking surface and the upper locked surface is inclined for contact with the upper locking surface.
　幾つかの実施形態では、第１接触面は、第１補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面を含み、及び／又は、第２接触面は、第２補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面を含む。 In some embodiments, the first contact surface comprises a convex surface projecting outwardly of the inner edge of the first reinforcement sheet and/or the second contact surface comprises an inner surface of the second reinforcement sheet. It includes a convex surface projecting outwardly of the sheet beyond the edge.
　幾つかの実施形態では、雄型嵌合部は、雄型突起が結合した閉鎖壁を更に含み、雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部は、雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部の嵌合時、雄型突起と雌型嵌合部間の１以上の第１接触箇所と、第１接触面と第２接触面間の第２接触箇所に加えて、雄型突起に関して第２接触箇所の反対側において閉鎖壁と雌型嵌合部がお互いに圧迫し合って接触する第３接触箇所を有するように構成される。雌型嵌合部は、受容空間を画定するべく対向配置された下顎及び上顎を含み、第３接触箇所において上顎と閉鎖壁がお互いに圧迫し合って接触し得る。 In some embodiments, the male fitting further comprises a closure wall to which the male projection is coupled, wherein the male fitting and the female fitting are the male fitting and the female fitting. In addition to the at least one first contact point between the male projection and the female mating portion and the second contact point between the first contact surface and the second contact surface, a second On the opposite side of the contact point, the closure wall and the female mating portion are configured to have a third contact point where they press against each other. The female fitting includes a lower jaw and an upper jaw opposed to define a receiving space, wherein the upper jaw and the closure wall may press against each other at a third contact point.
　幾つかの実施形態では、雄型突起は、首部と頭部を有する矢型突起であり、頭部は、上側被係止部と下側被係止部を含む。下顎は、下側被係止部が係止される下側係止突起を含み、上顎は、上側被係止部が係止される上側係止突起を含む。１以上の第１接触箇所は、上側被係止部と上側係止突起がお互いに圧迫し合って接触した接触箇所と、下側被係止部と下側係止突起がお互いに圧迫し合って接触した接触箇所を含み得る。 In some embodiments, the male projection is an arrow-shaped projection having a neck and a head, the head including an upper latched portion and a lower latched portion. The lower jaw includes a lower locking projection to which the lower locked portion is locked, and the upper jaw includes an upper locking projection to which the upper locked portion is locked. The one or more first contact points are a contact point where the upper locked portion and the upper locking projection press against each other and contact, and a contact point where the lower locked portion and the lower locking projection press against each other. can include contact points that are touched by
　幾つかの実施形態では、雌型嵌合部の受容空間への雄型突起の挿入方向における首部の長さは、閉鎖壁と上側被係止部の間で上側係止突起が挟まれた状態での閉鎖壁に対する上側係止突起の接触点と上側係止面の最下点の間隔又はこの間隔の最小値未満である。 In some embodiments, the length of the neck in the direction of insertion of the male projection into the receiving space of the female mating portion is such that the upper locking projection is sandwiched between the closing wall and the upper locked portion. at or less than the minimum value of this distance between the contact point of the upper locking projection and the lowest point of the upper locking surface at .
　幾つかの実施形態では、次の（ａ）～（ｃ）のいずれかの条件が満足される：
（ａ）第１及び第２補強シートそれぞれは、紙、不織布、織物、及び編物から成る群から選択される少なくとも１つを含む；
（ｂ）第１補強シートの両面が第１表皮部により被覆され、第２補強シートの両面が第２表皮部により被覆される；及び
（ｃ）第１補強シートの少なくとも片面上における第１表皮部の層厚が、第１補強シートの厚み以下であり、第２補強シートの少なくとも片面上における第２表皮部の層厚が、第２補強シートの厚み以下である。 In some embodiments, any of the following conditions (a)-(c) are met:
(a) each of the first and second reinforcing sheets comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of paper, nonwoven fabric, woven fabric, and knitted fabric;
(b) both sides of the first reinforcing sheet are covered by the first skin portion and both sides of the second reinforcing sheet are covered by the second skin portion; and (c) the first skin on at least one side of the first reinforcing sheet. The layer thickness of the portion is equal to or less than the thickness of the first reinforcing sheet, and the layer thickness of the second skin portion on at least one surface of the second reinforcing sheet is equal to or less than the thickness of the second reinforcing sheet.
　幾つかの実施形態では、レールファスナーがスライダーを更に備える。スライダーは、第１翼板、第２翼板、第１翼板と第２翼板を連結するべく第１翼板と第２翼板の間で上下方向に延びる連結柱、スライダーの幅方向における第１翼板の両側縁から第２翼板に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第１及び第２側壁、及び第１翼板から離れた位置で第１及び第２側壁からスライダーの幅方向にお互いに接近するように突出した第１及び第２挿入片を含み得る。第１挿入片が第１ストリンガーの第１ガイド溝に挿入され、第２挿入片が第２ストリンガーの第２ガイド溝に挿入される。 In some embodiments, the rail fastener further comprises a slider. The slider includes a first blade, a second blade, a connecting column extending vertically between the first blade and the second blade to connect the first blade and the second blade, and a first blade in the width direction of the slider. First and second side walls extending vertically from both side edges of the blade toward the second blade, and approaching each other in the width direction of the slider from the first and second side walls at a position away from the first blade. It may include first and second insert pieces protruding to align with each other. The first insert piece is inserted into the first guide groove of the first stringer, and the second insert piece is inserted into the second guide groove of the second stringer.
　好適には、第１ガイド溝への第１挿入片の挿入及び第２ガイド溝への第２挿入片の挿入に基づいて、（ｉ）スライダー内における雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部の上下方向の位置が規制され、及び／又は、（ｉｉ）スライダー内において嵌合完了した状態の雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部が、第１翼板に対して上方空間を空けて配置され、かつ第２翼板に対して下方空間を空けて配置される。追加又は代替的に、第１ガイド溝への第１挿入片の挿入及び第２ガイド溝への第２挿入片の挿入に基づいて、第１取付シート及び第２取付シートが、第１翼板寄りに位置付けられる。 Preferably, based on the insertion of the first insertion piece into the first guide groove and the insertion of the second insertion piece into the second guide groove, (i) the male fitting part and the female fitting part in the slider and/or (ii) the male fitting part and the female fitting part in a state of being completely fitted in the slider are spaced apart from the first blade plate arranged and spaced downward with respect to the second vane. Additionally or alternatively, based on the insertion of the first insert piece into the first guide groove and the insertion of the second insert piece into the second guide groove, the first mounting sheet and the second mounting sheet are attached to the first vane plate. positioned near.
　幾つかの実施形態では、雌型嵌合部は、受容空間を画定するべく対向配置された一対の顎を含む。スライダー内での雄型嵌合部と雌型嵌合部の嵌合過程において、一対の顎の各々が、第１翼板及び第２翼板のいずれにも接触しない。 In some embodiments, the female fitting includes a pair of opposing jaws to define a receiving space. Each of the pair of jaws contacts neither the first blade nor the second blade during the mating process of the male fitting and the female fitting within the slider.
　幾つかの実施形態では、第１挿入片は、第１側壁の先端部の先端面と共に第１取付シートに接触するように設けられ、かつ第２挿入片は、第２側壁の先端部の先端面と共に第２取付シートに接触するように設けられる。 In some embodiments, the first insert piece is provided to contact the first mounting sheet together with the distal end surface of the distal end portion of the first sidewall, and the second insert piece is provided to contact the distal end portion of the distal end portion of the second sidewall. It is provided to contact the second mounting sheet together with the surface.
　幾つかの実施形態では、スライダーは、スライダーの幅方向における第２翼板の両側縁から第１翼板に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第３及び第４側壁を更に備える。 In some embodiments, the slider further includes third and fourth sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the second blade in the width direction of the slider toward the first blade.
　幾つかの実施形態では、雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部は、第１及び第２側壁の間で圧迫されてスライダー内で嵌合する。 In some embodiments, the male and female fittings are compressed between the first and second sidewalls to fit within the slider.
　幾つかの実施形態では、第１挿入片と第２挿入片の間の間隔は、スライダーの移動時に雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部が第１挿入片と第２挿入片の間で圧迫されないように設定される。 In some embodiments, the spacing between the first insert piece and the second insert piece is such that the male mating portion and the female mating portion are between the first insert piece and the second insert piece during movement of the slider. It is set so that it is not compressed.
　幾つかの実施形態では、連結柱は、第１及び第２側壁よりも前方に位置付けられ、かつ第１翼板及び第２翼板の各前端よりも後方にオフセットして位置付けられる。 In some embodiments, the connecting post is positioned forward of the first and second sidewalls and offset rearwardly of the front ends of the first and second blades.
　幾つかの実施形態では、第１翼板の前端部は、連結柱から離れるに応じて第２翼板から離れるように傾斜する第１傾斜面を有し、及び、第２翼板の前端部は、連結柱から離れるに応じて第１翼板から離れるように傾斜する第２傾斜面を有する。 In some embodiments, the front end of the first blade has a first sloped surface that slopes away from the second blade as it moves away from the connecting post, and the front end of the second blade has a second sloped surface that slopes away from the first vane as it moves away from the connecting post.
　幾つかの実施形態では、雌型嵌合部は、受容空間を画定するべく対向配置された一対の顎を含む。第１翼板及び第２翼板の少なくとも一つは、雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部の嵌合又は嵌合解除時に変位する一対の顎の一つを受容する受容溝を有する。 In some embodiments, the female fitting includes a pair of opposing jaws to define a receiving space. At least one of the first blade and the second blade has a receiving groove for receiving one of the pair of jaws displaced when the male and female mating portions are mated or unmated.
　本開示の別態様に係る二重ファスナーは、上述した様々なレールファスナーのいずれかと、レールファスナーに対して貼り合わされたファスナーチェーンと、第１翼板、第２翼板、第１翼板と第２翼板を連結するべく第１翼板と第２翼板の間で上下方向に延びる連結柱を有するスライダーを含む。ファスナーチェーンは、第１ストリンガーに対して貼り合わされた第３ストリンガーと、第２ストリンガーに対して貼り合わされた第４ストリンガーを含む。第３及び第４ストリンガーは、各々、スライダーの前進時、雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部の嵌合に同期して係合する第１及び第２コイル状エレメントを含む。 A dual fastener according to another aspect of the present disclosure includes any of the various rail fasteners described above, a fastener chain laminated to the rail fastener, a first wing, a second wing, a first wing and a second wing. A slider having a connecting post extending vertically between the first and second vanes for connecting the two vanes is included. The fastener chain includes a third stringer attached to the first stringer and a fourth stringer attached to the second stringer. The third and fourth stringers each include first and second coiled elements that synchronously engage mating male and female mating portions during advancement of the slider.
　幾つかの実施形態では、雌型嵌合部は、受容空間を画定するべく対向配置された下顎及び上顎を含み、上顎が下顎よりも第２取付シートから離れて位置付けられる。第１翼板は、雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部の嵌合又は嵌合解除時に変位する上顎を受容する受容溝を有する。受容溝は、第１翼板の後端面に到達するまで連結柱の後端に隣接する位置から直線的に延び得る。 In some embodiments, the female fitting includes a lower jaw and an upper jaw opposed to define a receiving space, with the upper jaw positioned further from the second mounting sheet than the lower jaw. The first vane has a receiving groove that receives the upper jaw that is displaced when the male and female mating portions are mated or unmated. The receiving groove may extend linearly from a position adjacent the rear end of the connecting post until it reaches the rear end face of the first vane.
　幾つかの実施形態では、第２翼板は、係合状態の第１及び第２コイル状エレメントの上下方向における位置を規制するべく連結柱から後方に延びる凸状の仕切り部を有し、受容溝は、スライダーの幅方向において仕切り部よりも幅広又は同等の幅に形成される。 In some embodiments, the second vane has a convex partition extending rearwardly from the connecting post for restricting the vertical position of the first and second coiled elements in the engaged state. The groove is formed to have a width wider than or equal to that of the partition in the width direction of the slider.
　幾つかの実施形態では、スライダーは、スライダーの幅方向における第１翼板の両側縁から第２翼板に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第１及び第２側壁を更に含む。スライダーは、第１側壁から第２側壁に向けて***した第１***部と、第２側壁から第１側壁に向けて***した第２***部を有し、第１***部及び第２***部は、上顎の変形を許容する空間を空けて対向配置される。 In some embodiments, the slider further includes first and second sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the first blade in the width direction of the slider toward the second blade. The slider has a first raised portion raised from the first side wall toward the second side wall and a second raised portion raised from the second side wall toward the first side wall, the first raised portion and the second raised portion are placed opposite each other with a space that allows for deformation of the maxilla.
　幾つかの実施形態では、スライダーは、スライダーの幅方向における第１翼板の両側縁から第２翼板に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第１及び第２側壁と、スライダーの幅方向における第２翼板の両側縁から第１翼板に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第３及び第４側壁を含む。雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部は、第１及び第２側壁の間で圧迫されてスライダー内で嵌合する。第１及び第２コイル状エレメントは、第３及び第４側壁の間で圧迫されることなくそれらの間で係合し、かつ係合解除される。 In some embodiments, the slider includes first and second sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the first blade in the width direction of the slider toward the second blade, and second sidewalls in the width direction of the slider. It includes third and fourth sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the blade toward the first blade. The male and female fittings are compressed between the first and second sidewalls to fit within the slider. The first and second coiled elements are engaged and disengaged between the third and fourth sidewalls without compression therebetween.
　幾つかの実施形態では、スライダーの幅方向における第１及び第２側壁の最大間隔は、連結柱よりも後方の全位置において、スライダーの幅方向における第３及び第４側壁の最大間隔よりも大きく設定される。 In some embodiments, the maximum spacing between the first and second side walls in the width direction of the slider is greater than the maximum spacing between the third and fourth side walls in the width direction of the slider at all positions behind the connecting post. set.
　幾つかの実施形態では、第１及び第２コイル状エレメントは、各々、雄型及び雌型嵌合部よりも薄型である。 In some embodiments, the first and second coiled elements are thinner than the male and female fittings, respectively.
　本開示の別態様に係るレールファスナーの製造方法は、押出成形機に樹脂材料を供給して押出成形機の第１口金から第１ストリンガーを押し出す工程にして、第１ストリンガーが第１取付シートと第１嵌合部を含む工程と、押出成形機に樹脂材料を供給して押出成形機の第２口金から第２ストリンガーを押し出す工程にして、第２ストリンガーが第２取付シートと第２嵌合部を含む工程を含む。レールファスナーの製造方法は、可撓性のある第１補強シートを第１口金に供給して第１ストリンガーの第１取付シートに第１補強シートを導入する工程にして、第１補強シートは、第１嵌合部から延出し、かつ第１嵌合部の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る第１取付シートの第１表皮部により少なくとも部分的に被覆される工程と、可撓性のある第２補強シートを第２口金に供給して第２ストリンガーの第２取付シートに第２補強シートを導入する工程にして、第２補強シートは、第２嵌合部から延出し、かつ第２嵌合部の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る第２取付シートの第２表皮部により少なくとも部分的に被覆される工程を更に含む。第１及び第２嵌合部が嵌合してレール部が形成される時に所定の状態になるように、第１口金の放出口における第１補強シートの位置と第２口金の放出口における第２補強シートの位置が設定される。所定の状態は、第１嵌合部及び／又は第１表皮部の第１接触面と第２嵌合部及び／又は第２表皮部の第２接触面が第１及び第２補強シートの間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触する状態を含む。 A method for manufacturing a rail fastener according to another aspect of the present disclosure includes a step of supplying a resin material to an extruder and extruding a first stringer from a first die of the extruder, wherein the first stringer and the first mounting sheet a step of supplying the resin material to the extruder and extruding the second stringer from the second nozzle of the extruder, wherein the second stringer is engaged with the second mounting sheet in the second fitting; including the step of including the part. A method for manufacturing a rail fastener includes a step of supplying a flexible first reinforcing sheet to a first mouthpiece and introducing the first reinforcing sheet to a first attachment sheet of a first stringer, wherein the first reinforcing sheet is: covering at least partially with a first skin portion of a first mounting sheet extending from the first fitting portion and made of the same resin as that of the first fitting portion; In the step of supplying the reinforcing sheet to the second mouthpiece and introducing the second reinforcing sheet to the second attachment sheet of the second stringer, the second reinforcing sheet extends from the second fitting portion and is attached to the second fitting portion. At least partially covered with a second skin portion of the second mounting sheet made of the same resin as the resin of the portion. The position of the first reinforcing sheet at the discharge port of the first base and the position of the first reinforcing sheet at the discharge port of the second base are arranged so that a predetermined state is established when the first and second fitting portions are fitted to form the rail portion. 2 The position of the reinforcing sheet is set. The predetermined state is such that the first contact surface of the first fitting portion and/or the first skin portion and the second contact surface of the second fitting portion and/or the second skin portion are positioned between the first and second reinforcing sheets. Including the state of contact by pressing against each other.
　幾つかの実施形態では、第１口金は、第１補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面に第１接触面を成形するように構成され、及び／又は、第２口金は、第２補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面に第２接触面を成形するように構成される。 In some embodiments, the first base is configured to form the first contact surface on a convex surface projecting outwardly of the inner edge of the first reinforcing sheet and/or the second base is configured to form a second contact surface on a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet.
　幾つかの実施形態では、第１嵌合部は、少なくとも雄型突起と雄型突起が結合した閉鎖壁を含む雄型嵌合部であり、第２嵌合部は、雄型突起を受容する受容空間を有し、かつ受容空間から雄型突起が離脱することを阻止するように形状付けられた雌型嵌合部である。第２口金の放出口における第２補強シートの位置は、雌型嵌合部の受容空間が第２補強シート上に配されるように設定される。 In some embodiments, the first fitting is a male fitting including at least a male projection and a closure wall to which the male projection is coupled, and the second fitting receives the male projection. A female mating portion having a receiving space and configured to prevent disengagement of the male projection from the receiving space. The position of the second reinforcing sheet at the discharge port of the second mouthpiece is set so that the receiving space of the female fitting portion is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet.
　本開示の一態様によれば、レールファスナーの取付シートの適度な硬さとレールファスナーのシール性能の向上を同時に達成することができる。 According to one aspect of the present disclosure, it is possible to simultaneously achieve an appropriate hardness of the mounting sheet for the rail fastener and an improvement in the sealing performance of the rail fastener.
本開示の一態様に係るレールファスナーの概略的な斜視図であり、ガーメントの布地に対して熱圧着及び縫着されている状態が示される。1 is a schematic perspective view of a rail fastener according to one aspect of the present disclosure shown being thermo-compressed and sewn to the fabric of a garment; FIG. 図１に示したレールファスナーの第１ストリンガーの概略的な断面模式図である。It is a schematic cross-sectional schematic diagram of the 1st stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 図１に示したレールファスナーの第２ストリンガーの概略的な断面模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a second stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 1; レールファスナーのレール部にスライダーが取り付けられたレールファスナーの概略的な断面模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a rail fastener in which a slider is attached to a rail portion of the rail fastener; 補強シートが取付シートの上面で露出するバリエーションを示す模式図である。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a variation in which the reinforcing sheet is exposed on the upper surface of the mounting sheet; 補強シートが取付シートの下面で露出するバリエーションを示す模式図である。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a variation in which the reinforcing sheet is exposed on the lower surface of the mounting sheet; 雌型嵌合部の下顎が厚く形成されるバリエーションを示す模式図である。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a variation in which the lower jaw of the female fitting part is formed thicker; 本開示の一態様に係るレールファスナーの製造方法で用いられる押出成形機の概略図である。1 is a schematic diagram of an extruder used in a method of manufacturing a rail fastener according to one aspect of the present disclosure; FIG. 押出成形機の下流側から見た第１口金の正面図である。Fig. 3 is a front view of the first die seen from the downstream side of the extruder; 押出成形機の下流側から見た第２口金の正面図である。Fig. 3 is a front view of the second die seen from the downstream side of the extruder; 本開示の別態様に係るレールファスナーの概略的な断面構成を示す模式図である。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a schematic cross-sectional configuration of a rail fastener according to another aspect of the present disclosure; 図１１に示したレールファスナーの第１ストリンガーの概略的な断面模式図である。FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a first stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 11; 図１１に示したレールファスナーの第２ストリンガーの概略的な断面模式図である。FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a second stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 11; 図１１に示したレールファスナーの部分的な拡大模式図であり、嵌合部を拡大して示す。FIG. 12 is a partial enlarged schematic view of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 11, showing an enlarged fitting portion; レールファスナーのバリエーションを示す模式図である。It is a schematic diagram which shows the variation of a rail fastener. 図１５に示したレールファスナーの第１ストリンガーの模式図である。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a first stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 15; 図１５に示したレールファスナーの第２ストリンガーの模式図である。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a second stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 15; スライダー付きのレールファスナーの模式図であり、スライダーの後口を正面視し、スライダー内での雄型及び雌型嵌合部の嵌合状態を断面にて示す。It is a schematic diagram of a rail fastener with a slider, showing a front view of the rear opening of the slider and showing a cross section of the fitting state of the male and female fitting parts in the slider. スライダー付きのレールファスナーの模式図であり、スライダー内での嵌合過程の雄型及び雌型嵌合部を断面にて示す。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a rail fastener with a slider, showing in cross section the male and female fitting portions during the fitting process within the slider. スライダーの斜視図である。FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a slider; スライダーの前面図である。FIG. 4 is a front view of the slider; スライダーの後面図である。It is a rear view of a slider. スライダーの側面図である。FIG. 4 is a side view of a slider; スライダーの第２翼板の内面を示す模式図であり、連結柱が断面にて示される。It is a schematic diagram which shows the inner surface of the 2nd blade of a slider, and a connection column is shown in the cross section. スライダーの第１翼板の内面を示す模式図であり、連結柱が断面にて示される。It is a schematic diagram which shows the inner surface of the 1st blade of a slider, and a connection column is shown in the cross section. スライダー付きのレールファスナーの模式図であり、図１８と比較して雄型及び雌型嵌合部が下側に配置され、これに応じてスライダーの構造が変更されている。FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a rail fastener with a slider, in which the male and female fitting parts are arranged lower than in FIG. 18, and the structure of the slider is changed accordingly. スライダー付きの二重ファスナーの模式図であり、スライダーの後口を正面視し、スライダー内での雄型及び雌型嵌合部の嵌合状態を断面にて示す。It is a schematic diagram of a double fastener with a slider, showing a front view of the rear opening of the slider and showing a cross section of the fitting state of the male and female fitting parts in the slider. スライダー付きの二重ファスナーの模式図であり、スライダー内での嵌合過程の雄型及び雌型嵌合部を断面にて示す。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a dual fastener with a slider showing in cross section the male and female fittings during the fitting process within the slider. レールファスナーに貼り合わされたファスナーチェーンの部分下面図である。FIG. 4 is a partial bottom view of the fastener chain attached to the rail fastener; スライダーの斜視図である。FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a slider; スライダーの前面図である。FIG. 4 is a front view of the slider; スライダーの後面図である。It is a rear view of a slider. スライダーの側面図である。FIG. 4 is a side view of a slider; スライダーの第２翼板の内面を示す模式図であり、第３及び第４側壁の間のコイル状エレメント用の通路幅が示される。FIG. 4 is a schematic view of the inner surface of the second vane of the slider showing the width of the passageway for the coiled element between the third and fourth side walls; スライダーの第１翼板の内面を示す模式図であり、第１及び第２側壁の間の雄型及び雌型嵌合部用の通路幅が示される。FIG. 4 is a schematic view of the inner surface of the first vane of the slider showing the width of the passages for the male and female fittings between the first and second side walls; スライダー付きの二重ファスナーの模式図であり、レールファスナーとファスナーチェーンの位置関係が反転し、これに応じてスライダーの構造が変更されている。It is a schematic diagram of a double fastener with a slider, in which the positional relationship between the rail fastener and the fastener chain is reversed, and the structure of the slider is changed accordingly.
　以下、図面を参照しつつ、様々な実施形態及び特徴について説明する。当業者は、過剰説明を要せず、各実施形態及び／又は各特徴を組み合わせることができ、この組み合わせによる相乗効果も理解可能である。実施形態間の重複説明は、原則的に省略する。参照図面は、発明の記述を主たる目的とするものであり、作図の便宜のために簡略化されている。各特徴は、本願に開示されたレールファスナー及びその製造方法にのみ有効であるものではなく、本明細書に開示されていない他の様々なレールファスナー及びその製造方法にも通用する普遍的な特徴として理解される。 Various embodiments and features will be described below with reference to the drawings. A person skilled in the art can combine each embodiment and/or each feature without undue explanation, and can also understand the synergistic effect of this combination. Redundant explanations among the embodiments will be omitted in principle. The referenced drawings are primarily for the purpose of describing the invention and are simplified for drawing convenience. Each feature is not only valid for the rail fastener and its manufacturing method disclosed in this application, but is a universal feature applicable to various other rail fasteners and its manufacturing method not disclosed in this specification. be understood as
　本願明細書では、第１及び第２といった用語を用いて同一名称の部材又は部分を区別する場合がある。例えば、ストリンガー１，２、嵌合部１１，１２、取付シート２１，２２、ガイド溝Ｇ１，Ｇ２、挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂは、各々、第１及び第２ストリンガー１，２、第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２、第１及び第２取付シート２１，２２、第１及び第２ガイド溝Ｇ１，Ｇ２、及び第１及び第２挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂとして命名可能である。明細書においては記載の簡素化のために第１及び第２といった識別語を省略する場合がある。 In this specification, terms such as first and second may be used to distinguish members or parts with the same name. For example, the stringers 1 and 2, the fitting portions 11 and 12, the mounting sheets 21 and 22, the guide grooves G1 and G2, and the insertion pieces 99a and 99b are the first and second stringers 1 and 2 and the first and second stringers 1 and 2, respectively. They can be named as fitting portions 11, 12, first and second mounting sheets 21, 22, first and second guide grooves G1, G2, and first and second insert pieces 99a, 99b. In the specification, identifier terms such as first and second may be omitted for simplification of description.
　本願明細書では、前後、左右、及び上下といった用語を用いて部材又は部分の相対的な位置関係を説明する場合がある。前後方向は、レールファスナーの長手方向（図１のＦとＲｅ間の双頭矢印）又はスライダーの移動方向に一致し、左右方向は、レールファスナーの幅方向（図１のＬとＲｉ間の双頭矢印）に一致し、上下方向は、レールファスナーの厚み方向（図１のＵとＤ間の双頭矢印）に一致する。勿論、上下方向が鉛直方向（重力方向）に一致する必要はない。即ち、本願明細書で参照される方向を示す用語は、レールファスナー基準で理解され、鉛直方向（重力方向）基準で理解されるべきではなく、鉛直方向（重力方向）とは無関係である。 In this specification, terms such as front and back, left and right, and up and down may be used to describe relative positional relationships between members or portions. The longitudinal direction corresponds to the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener (the double-headed arrow between F and Re in FIG. 1) or the moving direction of the slider, and the left-right direction corresponds to the width direction of the rail fastener (the double-headed arrow between L and Ri in FIG. 1). ), and the vertical direction corresponds to the thickness direction of the rail fastener (the double-headed arrow between U and D in FIG. 1). Of course, the vertical direction does not need to coincide with the vertical direction (the direction of gravity). That is, directional terms referred to in this specification should be understood in terms of rail fasteners and not in terms of the vertical direction (the direction of gravity), and are independent of the vertical direction (the direction of gravity).
　レールファスナー１００は、樹脂の成形品（例えば、樹脂の押出成形品）であり、所定幅で所定方向に延びる長尺物である。レールファスナー１００は、左右一対の分離可能な第１及び第２ストリンガー１，２を有する。第１及び第２ストリンガー１，２それぞれは、レールファスナー１００と同じ方向に長尺であり、所定幅で同方向に延びる。レールファスナー１００が押出成形により製造される場合、レールファスナー１００及び各ストリンガー１，２の長手方向は押出方向に等しい。 The rail fastener 100 is a resin molded article (for example, a resin extrusion molded article), and is a long article that extends in a predetermined direction with a predetermined width. A rail fastener 100 has a pair of left and right separable first and second stringers 1 and 2 . Each of the first and second stringers 1 and 2 is elongated in the same direction as the rail fastener 100 and extends in the same direction with a predetermined width. When the rail fastener 100 is manufactured by extrusion molding, the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 and each stringer 1, 2 is equal to the extrusion direction.
　第１及び第２ストリンガー１，２の結合により第１及び第２ストリンガー１，２間の開口を閉じ、第１及び第２ストリンガー１，２の結合解除により第１及び第２ストリンガー１，２間に開口を形成することができる。第１及び第２ストリンガー１，２は、各々、布地３，４に熱圧着又は縫着又はこれらの組み合わせによって取り付けられる。布地３，４は、ガーメントの異なる部分（前身頃の左半分及び右半分）であり得る。レールファスナー１００が取り付けられる取付対象物は、例えば、衣服、鞄、袋等であり得る。図１では図示されていないが、レールファスナー１００の長手方向の一端又は両端において、ストリンガー１，２を不図示の連結部材で連結することができる。勿論、ストリンガー１，２同士を連結部材で連結せず、ストリンガー１，２を完全に分離可能とすることもできる。 The opening between the first and second stringers 1,2 is closed by coupling the first and second stringers 1,2, and the opening between the first and second stringers 1,2 is closed by releasing the coupling of the first and second stringers 1,2. An opening can be formed in the The first and second stringers 1,2 are attached to the fabrics 3,4 respectively by thermocompression or sewing or a combination thereof. The fabrics 3, 4 can be different parts of the garment (left and right halves of the front body). Objects to which the rail fastener 100 is attached may be, for example, clothes, bags, bags, and the like. Although not shown in FIG. 1, the stringers 1 and 2 can be connected by a connecting member (not shown) at one or both ends of the rail fastener 100 in the longitudinal direction. Of course, the stringers 1 and 2 can be completely separated without connecting the stringers 1 and 2 with a connecting member.
　第１ストリンガー１は、第１嵌合部１１及び第１取付シート２１を有する。第２ストリンガー２は、第２嵌合部１２及び第２取付シート２２を有する。第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２それぞれは、所定の断面形状を保ちつつレールファスナー１００の長手方向に連続的に形成されている。第１及び第２取付シート２１，２２は、各々、上面２１ｍ，２２ｍと下面２１ｎ，２２ｎにより画定される所定厚の可撓性のあるシート（後述のように複合シート）であり、所定幅でレールファスナー１００の長手方向に連続的に形成されている。第１嵌合部１１は、第１取付シート２１の内側縁２１ａ又は内側縁２１ａ寄りの位置に設けられる。第２嵌合部１２は、第２取付シート２２の内側縁２２ａ又は内側縁２２ａ寄りの位置に設けられる。なお、第１及び第２取付シート２１，２２は、これらの結合時、お互いに隣接して配置される内側縁２１ａ，２２ａを有するものであり、内側縁２１ａ，２２ａの反対側の外側縁２１ｂ，２２ｂで縫い糸８により布地３，４に縫い付けられ得る。なお、縫い糸８の縫い目を塞ぐように取付シートに防水テープを貼り付けてその防水性を高めても良い。また、取付シートと布地との結合方法は、縫い糸８を用いた方法に限られるものではなく、溶着によって両者を結合しても良い。 The first stringer 1 has a first fitting portion 11 and a first attachment sheet 21 . The second stringer 2 has a second fitting portion 12 and a second attachment sheet 22 . Each of the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 while maintaining a predetermined cross-sectional shape. The first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 are flexible sheets (composite sheets as described below) of predetermined thickness defined by upper surfaces 21m, 22m and lower surfaces 21n, 22n, respectively, and can be It is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 . The first fitting portion 11 is provided at the inner edge 21a of the first attachment sheet 21 or at a position near the inner edge 21a. The second fitting portion 12 is provided at the inner edge 22a of the second attachment sheet 22 or at a position near the inner edge 22a. It should be noted that the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 have inner edges 21a, 22a that are arranged adjacent to each other when they are joined, and an outer edge 21b on the opposite side of the inner edges 21a, 22a. , 22b can be sewn to the fabrics 3, 4 by the thread 8. As shown in FIG. A waterproof tape may be attached to the mounting sheet so as to cover the seams of the sewing thread 8 to enhance its waterproofness. Also, the method of joining the attachment sheet and the fabric is not limited to the method using the sewing thread 8, and the two may be joined by welding.
　第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２が嵌合してレール部１０が形成される。第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２と同様、レール部１０は、レールファスナー１００の長手方向に連続的に形成されている。レール部１０における第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２同士の接触によって第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２間の隙間が閉じられ、この程度に応じてレールファスナー１００は所望のシール性能を発揮する。即ち、レール部１０の隙間を介して流体（液体又は気体）が移動することが抑制又は阻止される。 The rail portion 10 is formed by fitting the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 together. As with the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12, the rail portion 10 is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100. As shown in FIG. The gap between the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 is closed by the contact between the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 in the rail portion 10, and the rail fastener 100 achieves the desired sealing performance according to this degree. demonstrate. That is, movement of the fluid (liquid or gas) through the gap of the rail portion 10 is suppressed or prevented.
　第１嵌合部１１が雄型嵌合部５（図２参照）であり、第２嵌合部１２が雌型嵌合部６（図３参照）である。レールファスナー１００の幅方向における雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合がレールファスナー１００の長手方向に沿って連続することにより第１及び第２ストリンガー１，２が結合し、レールファスナー１００の幅方向における雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合がレールファスナー１００の長手方向に沿って連続的に解除されることにより第１及び第２ストリンガー１，２が結合解除される。雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合方向は、上下方向ではなく左右方向に等しい。なお、レールファスナー１００の幅方向は、レールファスナー１００の長手方向に直交し、取付シート２１，２２の厚み方向に直交する方向である。雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６の具体的な構成は、図２，３に示すものの他、当業者により任意に設計可能である。雄型嵌合部と雌型嵌合部の組み合わせに限らず、雄型嵌合部と雄型嵌合部の組み合わせで嵌合部１１，１２を構成することもできる。 The first fitting portion 11 is the male fitting portion 5 (see FIG. 2), and the second fitting portion 12 is the female fitting portion 6 (see FIG. 3). The first and second stringers 1 and 2 are coupled by continuing the engagement of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100, The engagement between the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 is continuously released along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100, thereby separating the first and second stringers 1, 2 from each other. is decoupled. The mating direction of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 is not the vertical direction but the horizontal direction. The width direction of the rail fastener 100 is perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 and perpendicular to the thickness direction of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 . The specific configurations of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 can be arbitrarily designed by those skilled in the art, in addition to those shown in FIGS. The fitting portions 11 and 12 may be configured by combining the male fitting portion and the male fitting portion without being limited to the combination of the male fitting portion and the female fitting portion.
　雄型嵌合部５は、雄型突起５２と、雄型突起５２（例えば、その基端部で）が結合した閉鎖壁５１を含む雄型嵌合部である。閉鎖壁５１は、取付シート２１の上面２１ｍから（好適には垂直に）立ち上がる。雄型突起５２は、閉鎖壁５１から取付シート２１に関するシート外方に延びる。雄型嵌合部５は、更に、雄型突起５２とは反対側（即ち、シート内方）に閉鎖壁５１から突出したガイド突起５３を有することもできる。なお、シート外方は、上下方向に直交する平面に関して、あるシート（例えば、取付シート、又は後述の補強シート）のシート面（上面又は下面）上の点からシート面外の点に向かう方向であり、シート内方は、その逆方向である。閉鎖壁５１、雄型突起５２、及びガイド突起５３は、いずれもレールファスナー１００の長手方向に連続的に形成されており、これらが具備する面についても同様である。ガイド突起５３は、スライダー９との関係で設けられており、省略可能である。 The male fitting 5 is a male fitting that includes a male projection 52 and a closing wall 51 to which the male projection 52 is coupled (eg, at its proximal end). The closing wall 51 rises (preferably vertically) from the upper surface 21m of the mounting sheet 21 . A male projection 52 extends from the closure wall 51 outwardly relative to the mounting seat 21 . The male fitting portion 5 may further have a guide projection 53 projecting from the closing wall 51 on the side opposite to the male projection 52 (that is, toward the inside of the seat). In addition, the sheet outer direction is a direction from a point on the sheet surface (upper surface or lower surface) of a certain sheet (for example, a mounting sheet or a reinforcing sheet described later) to a point outside the sheet surface with respect to a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction. Yes, and the inside of the seat is in the opposite direction. The closing wall 51, the male projection 52, and the guide projection 53 are all formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100, and the surfaces provided by these are also the same. The guide projection 53 is provided in relation to the slider 9 and can be omitted.
　閉鎖壁５１は、取付シート２１に関するシート外方を臨んで雌型嵌合部６に対面する壁面５１ｆを有し、雄型突起５２よりも上側の上部壁面とそれよりも下側の下部壁面に区分される。これらの上部及び下部壁面は、レールファスナー１００の幅方向（左右方向）が直交する平坦な垂直面であるが、いずれか又は両方を傾斜面としても良い。壁面５１ｆの上部及び下部壁面のいずれか又は両方に凹部又は凸部を設けることもできる。なお、壁面５１ｆの下部壁面は、雄型突起５２の下面から下方に延びる。壁面５１ｆの上部壁面は、雄型突起５２の上面から上方に延びて閉鎖壁５１の頂面に到達する。 The closing wall 51 has a wall surface 51f that faces the female fitting portion 6 while facing the outside of the mounting sheet 21, and has an upper wall surface above the male projection 52 and a lower wall surface below it. classified. These upper and lower wall surfaces are flat vertical surfaces perpendicular to the width direction (horizontal direction) of the rail fastener 100, but either or both of them may be inclined surfaces. Either or both of the upper and lower wall surfaces of the wall surface 51f may be provided with recesses or protrusions. A lower wall surface of the wall surface 51f extends downward from the lower surface of the male projection 52. As shown in FIG. The upper wall surface of wall surface 51f extends upwardly from the upper surface of male projection 52 to reach the top surface of closure wall 51 .
　雄型突起５２は、取付シート２１に関するシート外方に突出し、かつ首部５２ａと頭部５２ｂを有する矢型突起であり得る。首部５２ａが閉鎖壁５１に連結され、頭部５２ｂが首部５２ａに連結される。首部５２ａは、上面５２ａ１と下面５２ａ２から規定される厚みを有し、頭部５２ｂは、上面５２ｂ１と下面５２ｂ２から規定される厚みを有する。頭部５２ｂは、首部５２ａよりも厚い。頭部５２ｂは、上側被係止部５２ｃと下側被係止部５２ｄを含む。上側被係止部５２ｃは、首部５２ａの上面５２ａ１から上方に突出し、下側被係止部５２ｄは、首部５２ａの下面５２ａ２から下方に突出し、各々には、上側及び下側被係止面５２ｅ，５２ｆが設けられる。上側及び下側被係止面５２ｅ，５２ｆは、各々、閉鎖壁５１の壁面５１ｆの上部壁面及び下部壁面に対面するように設けられ、両者の間に後述の雌型嵌合部６の上側及び下側係止突起６４，６３を個別に受容するための上側及び下側受容溝５２ｐ，５２ｑが形成される。上側及び下側被係止面５２ｅ，５２ｆは、レールファスナー１００の幅方向（左右方向）が直交する平坦な垂直面であるが、傾斜面とすることもできる。なお、上側受容溝５２ｐは、壁面５１ｆの上部壁面、首部５２ａの上面５２ａ１、及び上側被係止面５２ｅにより画定される。下側受容溝５２ｑは、壁面５１ｆの下部壁面、首部５２ａの下面５２ａ２、及び下側被係止面５２ｆにより画定される。 The male projection 52 can be an arrow-shaped projection that projects outward from the mounting sheet 21 and has a neck portion 52a and a head portion 52b. The neck 52a is connected to the closing wall 51 and the head 52b is connected to the neck 52a. The neck portion 52a has a thickness defined by an upper surface 52a1 and a lower surface 52a2, and the head portion 52b has a thickness defined by an upper surface 52b1 and a lower surface 52b2. Head 52b is thicker than neck 52a. The head 52b includes an upper locked portion 52c and a lower locked portion 52d. The upper locked portion 52c projects upward from an upper surface 52a1 of the neck portion 52a, and the lower locked portion 52d projects downward from a lower surface 52a2 of the neck portion 52a. , 52f are provided. The upper and lower engaged surfaces 52e and 52f are provided so as to face the upper and lower wall surfaces of the wall surface 51f of the closing wall 51, respectively, and the upper and lower surfaces of the female fitting portion 6, which will be described later, are provided therebetween. Upper and lower receiving grooves 52p, 52q are formed for receiving the lower locking projections 64, 63 respectively. The upper and lower engaged surfaces 52e and 52f are flat vertical surfaces perpendicular to each other in the width direction (horizontal direction) of the rail fastener 100, but may be inclined surfaces. The upper receiving groove 52p is defined by the upper wall surface of the wall surface 51f, the upper surface 52a1 of the neck portion 52a, and the upper engaged surface 52e. The lower receiving groove 52q is defined by the lower wall surface of the wall surface 51f, the lower surface 52a2 of the neck portion 52a, and the lower engaged surface 52f.
　頭部５２ｂは、先端に向けて先細りに形状付けられており、詳細には、その先端部（図示例では先端面５２ｔ）に向けて下り傾斜する上側傾斜面５２ｒと、その先端部（図示例では先端面５２ｔ）に向けて上り傾斜する下側傾斜面５２ｓを有する。このような頭部５２ｂの形状によって雄型嵌合部５を雌型嵌合部６（後述の下顎６１と上顎６２の間）に圧入し易くなる。なお、首部５２ａ及び頭部５２ｂは、いずれもレールファスナー１００の長手方向に沿って連続的に形成されている。 The head 52b is tapered toward the tip, and more specifically, has an upper inclined surface 52r that slopes downward toward the tip (the tip surface 52t in the illustrated example), and an upper inclined surface 52r that slopes downward toward the tip (the has a lower inclined surface 52s inclined upward toward the tip surface 52t). Such a shape of the head portion 52b makes it easier to press-fit the male fitting portion 5 into the female fitting portion 6 (between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62, which will be described later). Both the neck portion 52 a and the head portion 52 b are formed continuously along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
　ガイド突起５３は、閉鎖壁５１に関して雄型突起５２の反対側に設けられる。ガイド突起５３は、取付シート２１の上面２１ｍから離間して配置され、取付シート２１との間にガイド溝Ｇ１が形成される。ガイド突起５３は、矩形状の断面に限らず、三角形状又は半円状の断面といった他の形状を持つことができる。 The guide projection 53 is provided on the opposite side of the male projection 52 with respect to the closing wall 51 . The guide protrusion 53 is spaced apart from the upper surface 21m of the mounting sheet 21, and a guide groove G1 is formed between the guide protrusion 53 and the mounting sheet 21. As shown in FIG. The guide projection 53 is not limited to a rectangular cross section, and can have other shapes such as a triangular or semicircular cross section.
　雌型嵌合部６は、雄型突起５２を受容する受容空間６５を有し、かつ受容空間６５から雄型突起５２が離脱することを阻止するように形状付けられる。幾つかの場合、雌型嵌合部６は、下顎６１と上顎６２を有し、これらの間で受容空間６５が画定される。雌型嵌合部６は、下顎６１と上顎６２が結合部６８で結合した略Ｃ字状の断面形状を有するが、この断面形状に限られない。受容空間６５、下顎６１、及び上顎６２は、いずれもレールファスナー１００の長手方向に連続的に形成されている。下顎６１は、下側係止面６３ｓを有するべく（例えば、下顎６１の先端部から）上方に突出した下側係止突起６３を有し、上顎６２は、上側係止面６４ｓを有するべく（例えば、上顎６２の先端部から）下方に突出した上側係止突起６４を有する。下側係止突起６３と上側係止突起６４により雄型突起５２の挿入口６９が画定される。下側係止面６３ｓと上側係止面６４ｓは、受容空間６５への雄型突起５２の挿入方向Ａ１に直交又は傾斜して設けられ、雌型嵌合部６からの雄型突起５２の離脱を阻止する。なお、挿入方向Ａ１は、レールファスナー１００の幅方向に等しい。下側係止突起６３により下側被係止部５２ｄが係止され、上側係止突起６４により上側被係止部５２ｃが係止される。 The female fitting part 6 has a receiving space 65 for receiving the male projection 52 and is shaped to prevent the male projection 52 from leaving the receiving space 65 . In some cases, the female fitting 6 has a lower jaw 61 and an upper jaw 62 defining a receiving space 65 therebetween. The female fitting portion 6 has a substantially C-shaped cross-sectional shape in which the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 are joined at the joint portion 68, but is not limited to this cross-sectional shape. The receiving space 65 , the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 are all formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 . The lower jaw 61 has a lower locking projection 63 projecting upward (e.g., from the tip of the lower jaw 61) to have a lower locking surface 63s, and the upper jaw 62 has an upper locking surface 64s ( For example, it has an upper locking projection 64 projecting downward (from the distal end of the upper jaw 62). An insertion opening 69 for the male projection 52 is defined by the lower locking projection 63 and the upper locking projection 64 . The lower locking surface 63s and the upper locking surface 64s are provided orthogonally or inclined to the insertion direction A1 of the male projection 52 into the receiving space 65, and are used to prevent the male projection 52 from being disengaged from the female fitting portion 6. prevent Note that the insertion direction A1 is equal to the width direction of the rail fastener 100 . The lower locking projection 63 locks the lower locked portion 52d, and the upper locking projection 64 locks the upper locked portion 52c.
　下側係止突起６３は、下側係止面６３ｓの上端から（取付シート２２の）シート外方に離間するに応じて下り傾斜する傾斜面６３ｊを有する。傾斜面６３ｊは、緩傾斜領域と、このシート外方に隣接した急傾斜領域に区分されている。下側係止突起６３と同様、上側係止突起６４は、上側係止面６４ｓの下端から（取付シート２２の）シート外方に離間するに応じて上り傾斜する傾斜面６４ｊを有する。傾斜面６４ｊは、緩傾斜領域と、このシート外方に隣接した急傾斜領域に区分されている。このような下側及び上側係止突起６３，６４のテーパー状の傾斜面６３ｊ，６４ｊのおかげで挿入口６９の上下幅が挿入方向Ａ１に沿って漸減し、下顎６１と上顎６２の間への頭部５２ｂの誘い込みと容易な圧入が促進される。この目的のために頭部５２ｂの先細り線状（傾斜面５２ｓ，５２ｒ）も役立っている。 The lower locking projection 63 has an inclined surface 63j that slopes down as it separates outward from the upper end of the lower locking surface 63s (of the mounting sheet 22). The inclined surface 63j is divided into a gently inclined area and a steeply inclined area adjacent to the outside of the seat. Similar to the lower locking projection 63, the upper locking projection 64 has an inclined surface 64j that slopes upward as the distance from the lower end of the upper locking surface 64s toward the outside of the seat (of the mounting sheet 22) increases. The inclined surface 64j is divided into a gently inclined area and a steeply inclined area adjacent to the outside of the seat. Thanks to the tapered inclined surfaces 63j, 64j of the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64, the vertical width of the insertion opening 69 is gradually reduced along the insertion direction A1, and the width between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 is reduced. Induction and easy press-fitting of the head 52b are facilitated. For this purpose, the tapered line shape ( inclined surfaces 52s, 52r) of the head 52b also serves.
　雌型嵌合部６は、取付シート２２に関するシート内方に結合部６８から突出するガイド突起６６を有する。ガイド突起６６は、取付シート２２の上面２２ｍから離間して配置され、取付シート２２との間にガイド溝Ｇ２が形成される。ガイド突起６６は、矩形状の断面に限らず、三角形状又は半円状の断面といった他の形状を持つことができる。 The female fitting part 6 has a guide projection 66 protruding from the coupling part 68 inwardly of the mounting sheet 22 . The guide protrusion 66 is spaced apart from the upper surface 22m of the mounting sheet 22, and a guide groove G2 is formed between the guide protrusion 66 and the mounting sheet 22. As shown in FIG. The guide projection 66 is not limited to a rectangular cross section, and can have other shapes such as a triangular or semicircular cross section.
　雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６を嵌合させる時、雄型嵌合部５の雄型突起５２の頭部５２ｂが、雌型嵌合部６の下側及び上側係止突起６３，６４の間に圧入されて両者の上下間隔が拡大してその間を通過する。その後、下顎６１と上顎６２が元形状に復帰するように動いて両者の間で首部５２ａ及び／又は頭部５２ｂが挟まれる。同時に、上側係止突起６４が、上側受容溝５２ｐに受容され、閉鎖壁５１の壁面と上側被係止面５２ｅの間で挟まれて圧迫される。同様、下側係止突起６３が、下側受容溝５２ｑに受容され、第１表皮部４１の第１接触面７１と下側被係止面５２ｆの間で挟まれて圧迫される。この時、上側被係止部５２ｃと上側係止突起６４が接触箇所Ｐ１ａ（図１参照）で（端的には左右方向で）お互いに圧迫し合って接触し、下側被係止部５２ｄと下側係止突起６３が接触箇所Ｐ１ｂ（図１参照）で（端的には左右方向で）お互いに圧迫し合って接触する。このようにして各接触箇所Ｐ１ａ，Ｐ１ｂでのシール性能が高められ、また、これと同時に後述の第２接触箇所Ｐ２（オプションとして第３接触箇所Ｐ３）の形成を促進することができる。雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６が樹脂（例えば、軟質樹脂）から成るため、大きな力が付与される場合には、雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合が解除される。 When the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted together, the head portions 52b of the male projections 52 of the male fitting portion 5 engage the lower and upper locking projections of the female fitting portion 6. It is press-fitted between 63 and 64 to expand the vertical gap between them and pass therebetween. After that, the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 move to return to their original shapes, and the neck 52a and/or the head 52b are sandwiched between them. At the same time, the upper locking projection 64 is received in the upper receiving groove 52p and is sandwiched and compressed between the wall surface of the closing wall 51 and the upper locked surface 52e. Similarly, the lower engaging projection 63 is received in the lower receiving groove 52q and is sandwiched and pressed between the first contact surface 71 of the first skin portion 41 and the lower engaged surface 52f. At this time, the upper locked portion 52c and the upper locking projection 64 press against each other at the contact point P1a (see FIG. 1) (in the left-right direction), and contact the lower locked portion 52d. The lower locking projections 63 press and contact each other at the contact point P1b (see FIG. 1) (in short, in the lateral direction). In this way, the sealing performance at each of the contact points P1a and P1b is enhanced, and at the same time, the formation of a second contact point P2 (optionally a third contact point P3), which will be described later, can be promoted. Since the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are made of resin (for example, soft resin), when a large force is applied, the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 do not fit together. combination is canceled.
　雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合状態において、雄型突起５２の先端部（例えば、先端面５２ｔ，上側傾斜面５２ｒ，及び下側傾斜面５２ｓ）と雌型嵌合部６の結合部６８（挿入方向Ａ１に交差する受容空間６５の底面）との間に隙間８１が形成されても良い。この場合、雌型嵌合部６（特には、下顎６１及び上顎６２）の変形し易さを担保することができ、円滑な嵌合及び嵌合解除を促進可能である。隙間８１の形成に伴ってレールファスナー１００のシール性能が低下し得るが、後述の第２接触箇所Ｐ２等での圧迫接触により、この問題が回避又は抑制される。隙間８１の左右幅は、上下中心において最大であり、そこから上方又は下方に離れるに応じて漸減し得る。隙間８１は、レールファスナー１００の長手方向に連続的に形成される。 In the mating state of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6, the distal end portion of the male projection 52 (for example, the distal end surface 52t, the upper inclined surface 52r, and the lower inclined surface 52s) and the female fitting portion A gap 81 may be formed between the portion 6 and the coupling portion 68 (the bottom surface of the receiving space 65 intersecting the insertion direction A1). In this case, the ease of deformation of the female fitting portion 6 (in particular, the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62) can be ensured, and smooth fitting and unfitting can be promoted. Although the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 may deteriorate with the formation of the gap 81, this problem is avoided or suppressed by pressure contact at the second contact point P2 or the like, which will be described later. The lateral width of the gap 81 is maximum at the vertical center, and can gradually decrease as it moves upward or downward from there. The gap 81 is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
　雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合及び嵌合解除は、スライダー９（図４参照）を用いて行うことができ、又は、ヒトの指による操作によって行うことができる。スライダー９の前進によって雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６が嵌合し、スライダー９の後進によって雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合が解除されるようにスライダー９が構成される。スライダー９の前端部には幅方向中央の位置で上下方向に延びる柱（不図示）が設けられ、この柱によって雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６のための通路が分岐して設けられる。 The fitting and unfitting of the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 can be performed using the slider 9 (see FIG. 4), or can be performed by man's finger operation. As the slider 9 moves forward, the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted together, and as the slider 9 moves backward, the fitting between the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 is released. A slider 9 is constructed. A column (not shown) extending vertically is provided at the front end of the slider 9 at the center position in the width direction. be provided.
　スライダー９は、連結板９１、連結板９１の左右側縁から下方に延びるフランジ壁９２，９３を有し、各フランジ壁９２，９３にはガイド突起５３，６６を受容する凹部９２ａ，９３ａが設けられる。フランジ壁９２，９３の間隔は、スライダー９の前端部において広く、スライダー９の後端部において狭くなるようにテーパー状に設定され、これにより、上述の柱と共に第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２の嵌合及び嵌合解除のための通路が好適に設定される。なお、フランジ壁９２，９３には上述のガイド溝Ｇ１，Ｇ２に挿入される挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂが設けられる。 The slider 9 has a connecting plate 91 and flange walls 92, 93 extending downward from the left and right side edges of the connecting plate 91. The flange walls 92, 93 are provided with recesses 92a, 93a for receiving the guide projections 53, 66. be done. The distance between the flange walls 92, 93 is tapered such that it is wider at the front end of the slider 9 and narrower at the rear end of the slider 9. , 12 are preferably provided with passages for mating and unmating. The flange walls 92, 93 are provided with insertion pieces 99a, 99b to be inserted into the guide grooves G1, G2.
　ヒトの指によりレールファスナー１００を開閉させる場合、例えば、親指と人差し指の間で雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６を挟むことで両者を嵌合させることができる。雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合の解除のために一方のストリンガーを他方のストリンガーから強制的に引き離すことができる。一方のストリンガーを他方から離すことによりレールファスナー１００の長手方向に沿って雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合解除を連続的に生じさせることができる。 When opening and closing the rail fastener 100 with a human finger, for example, the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 can be fitted together by pinching them between the thumb and index finger. One stringer can be forcibly pulled away from the other stringer to release the engagement between the male fitting 5 and the female fitting 6 . By separating one stringer from the other, it is possible to cause continuous disengagement of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
　第１取付シート２１は、上述のように複合シートであり、可撓性のある第１補強シート３１と第１表皮部４１を含む。第２取付シート２２は、上述のように複合シートであり、可撓性のある第２補強シート３２と第２表皮部４２を含む。第１表皮部４１は、第１補強シート３１を少なくとも部分的に被覆するべく第１嵌合部１１から延出し、また第１嵌合部１１の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る。第２表皮部４２は、第２補強シート３２を少なくとも部分的に被覆するべく第２嵌合部１２から延出し、また第２嵌合部１２の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る。第１嵌合部１１と第１表皮部４１は、同一の樹脂で一緒に形成されており、同一の樹脂部の異なる部分である。第２嵌合部１２と第２表皮部４２についても同様、同一の樹脂で一緒に形成されており、同一の樹脂部の異なる部分である。嵌合部と表皮部が同一の樹脂部の異なる部分であることは、後述のように、各ストリンガー１，２が押出成形により製造されたことの結果であるが、これ以外の成形方法も採用可能である。 The first mounting sheet 21 is a composite sheet as described above, and includes the flexible first reinforcing sheet 31 and the first skin portion 41 . The second mounting sheet 22 is a composite sheet as described above and includes a flexible second reinforcing sheet 32 and a second skin portion 42 . The first skin portion 41 extends from the first fitting portion 11 to at least partially cover the first reinforcing sheet 31 and is made of the same resin as that of the first fitting portion 11 . The second skin portion 42 extends from the second fitting portion 12 to at least partially cover the second reinforcing sheet 32 and is made of the same resin as that of the second fitting portion 12 . The first fitting portion 11 and the first skin portion 41 are formed together from the same resin and are different portions of the same resin portion. Similarly, the second fitting portion 12 and the second skin portion 42 are also made of the same resin and are different parts of the same resin portion. The fact that the fitting part and the skin part are different parts of the same resin part is a result of the fact that the stringers 1 and 2 are manufactured by extrusion molding, as will be described later, but molding methods other than this are also adopted. It is possible.
　本実施形態においては、第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２は、これらの嵌合時、第１補強シート３１の内側縁３１ａよりもシート外方に位置する第１表皮部４１の第１接触面７１と、第２補強シート３２の内側縁３２ａよりもシート外方に位置する第２表皮部４２の第２接触面７２が、第１補強シート３１と第２補強シート３２の間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触するように構成される。かかる場合、第１及び第２取付シート２１，２２に第１及び第２補強シート３１，３２が個別に導入されてそれらの適度な硬さが得られると同時に、第１及び第２補強シート３１，３２の間での樹脂部同士の圧迫接触によりレールファスナー１００のシール性能が高められる。 In the present embodiment, the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are positioned on the outer side of the first reinforcing sheet 31 with respect to the inner edge 31a of the first reinforcing sheet 31 when they are fitted together. The contact surface 71 and the second contact surface 72 of the second skin portion 42 positioned further outward than the inner edge 32a of the second reinforcing sheet 32 are arranged between the first reinforcing sheet 31 and the second reinforcing sheet 32. configured to press against each other. In such a case, the first and second reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are individually introduced into the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 to obtain appropriate hardness thereof, and at the same time the first and second reinforcing sheets 31 , 32, the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 is enhanced.
　図２に示すように、第１取付シート２１と第１嵌合部１１の境界を上下方向に直交する平面Ｌ１の位置に設定するものとする。この場合、第１接触面７１は、第１表皮部４１の表面に設けられていると言える。同様、図３に示すように、第２取付シート２２と第２嵌合部１２の境界を上下方向に直交する平面Ｌ２の位置に設定するものとする。この場合、第２接触面７２は、第２表皮部４２の表面に設けられていると言える。いずれの平面Ｌ１，Ｌ２も取付シート２１，２２の上面２１ｍ，２２ｍと同一平面に設定されている。 As shown in FIG. 2, the boundary between the first mounting sheet 21 and the first fitting portion 11 is set at the position of a plane L1 perpendicular to the vertical direction. In this case, it can be said that the first contact surface 71 is provided on the surface of the first skin portion 41 . Similarly, as shown in FIG. 3, the boundary between the second mounting sheet 22 and the second fitting portion 12 is set at the position of a plane L2 perpendicular to the vertical direction. In this case, it can be said that the second contact surface 72 is provided on the surface of the second skin portion 42 . Both planes L1 and L2 are set to be flush with the upper surfaces 21m and 22m of the mounting sheets 21 and 22, respectively.
　なお、第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２が嵌合する時、第１及び第２取付シート２１，２２が同一平面に配され、同様、第１及び第２補強シート３１，３２が同一平面に配され得る。なお、シートが同一平面に配されることは、各シートの厚みが等しいことを必要としない。 When the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are fitted together, the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 are arranged on the same plane. It can be arranged in a plane. It should be noted that the fact that the sheets are arranged in the same plane does not require that the thickness of each sheet be equal.
　第１接触面７１と第２接触面７２の接触は、局所的な接触であり得る。この目的又は異なる目的のため、第１接触面７１は、第１補強シート３１の内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面であり得、及び／又は、第２接触面７２は、第２補強シート３２の内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面であり得る。図示例のように、第１及び第２接触面７１，７２の一方を凸状面とし、他方を平坦面としても良い。図２に図示のように、第２表皮部４２に凸状面６１１を設け、これが接触する第１表皮部４１を平坦面としても良い。この場合、第１及び第２接触面７１，７２の両方を凸状面としたときに必要なアライメントの問題が生じない。 The contact between the first contact surface 71 and the second contact surface 72 can be local contact. For this purpose or a different purpose, the first contact surface 71 can be a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge of the first reinforcing sheet 31 and/or the second contact surface 72 can be a 2 It may be a convex surface that protrudes outward from the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 32 . As in the illustrated example, one of the first and second contact surfaces 71 and 72 may be a convex surface and the other may be a flat surface. As shown in FIG. 2, the second skin portion 42 may be provided with a convex surface 611, and the first skin portion 41 in contact with the convex surface 611 may be a flat surface. In this case, the alignment problems required when both the first and second contact surfaces 71, 72 are convex do not occur.
　幾つかの場合、雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６は、雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６の嵌合時、上述の雄型突起５２と雌型嵌合部６間の１以上の第１接触箇所Ｐ１（例えば、２箇所Ｐ１ａ，Ｐ１ｂ）と、第１接触面７１と第２接触面７２間の第２接触箇所Ｐ２に加えて、雄型突起５２に関して第２接触箇所Ｐ２の反対側（例えば、上側）において閉鎖壁５１と雌型嵌合部６（例えば、上顎６２）がお互いに圧迫し合って接触する第３接触箇所Ｐ３を有するように構成される（図１参照）。これによりレールファスナー１００のシール性能が効果的に高められる。防水スライドファスナーと同等又はそれを超えるシール性能を低価格で実現することが促進される。なお、上述の接触箇所Ｐ１ａ，Ｐ１ｂの一方が省略される形態も想定される。 In some cases, the male mating portion 5 and the female mating portion 6 will have the male projection 52 and the female mating portion described above when the male mating portion 5 and the female mating portion 6 are mated. In addition to the one or more first contact points P1 (e.g., two points P1a, P1b) between the 6 and the second contact point P2 between the first contact surface 71 and the second contact surface 72, a second On the opposite side (e.g., upper side) of the two contact points P2, the closing wall 51 and the female fitting 6 (e.g., the upper jaw 62) are configured to have a third contact point P3 that presses against each other and contacts. (See Figure 1). This effectively enhances the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 . It promotes the realization of sealing performance equal to or exceeding that of waterproof slide fasteners at a low cost. A mode in which one of the contact points P1a and P1b described above is omitted is also conceivable.
　上述の３以上の接触箇所（幾つかの場合、図１に例示のように、Ｐ１ａ，Ｐ１ｂ，Ｐ２，Ｐ３の合計４箇所）における圧迫接触の促進のため、レールファスナー１００の幅方向における首部５２ａの長さＤ１（図２参照）が、同方向における間隔Ｄ２（図３参照）未満に設定される。間隔Ｄ２は、レールファスナー１００の幅方向における上顎６２の係止面６４ｓの最下点Ｎ１と、雄型突起５２と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合時の閉鎖壁５１に対する上顎６２の接触点Ｎ２の間隔を示す。これにより接触箇所Ｐ１ａ，Ｐ３における面同士の圧迫接触状態が促進される。なお、雄型突起５２と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合時、閉鎖壁５１と上顎６２がある上下範囲で接触する場合、接触点Ｎ２は、挿入方向Ａ１に沿って最も結合部６８に近い位置の点（即ち、上下範囲の最下点）を意味する。端的には、間隔Ｄ２がある範囲を持つ時、間隔Ｄ２の最小値がＤ１との比較のために参照される。なお、接触点Ｎ２は、上顎６２の先端点の僅か下方に位置し得る。首部５２ａの長さＤ１は、閉鎖壁５１の壁面５１ｆと頭部５２ｂの上側被係止面５２ｅの間隔（又はその最大値）、又は、閉鎖壁５１の壁面５１ｆと頭部５２ｂの下側被係止面５２ｆの間隔（又はその最大値）に等しいことが想定される。 The neck portion 52a in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 is used to promote pressure contact at the above three or more contact points (in some cases, four points in total, P1a, P1b, P2, and P3, as illustrated in FIG. 1). is set to be less than the interval D2 (see FIG. 3) in the same direction. The interval D2 is the lowest point N1 of the locking surface 64s of the upper jaw 62 in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 and the contact point of the upper jaw 62 with the closing wall 51 when the male projection 52 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted. N2 intervals are shown. This promotes the pressure contact state between the surfaces at the contact points P1a and P3. When the male projection 52 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted together, when the closing wall 51 and the upper jaw 62 are in contact with each other in the vertical range, the contact point N2 is closest to the coupling portion 68 along the insertion direction A1. It means the position point (ie the lowest point of the upper and lower range). Briefly, when interval D2 has a range, the minimum value of interval D2 is referenced for comparison with D1. It should be noted that the contact point N2 may be located slightly below the tip point of the upper jaw 62 . The length D1 of the neck portion 52a is the distance (or the maximum value) between the wall surface 51f of the closing wall 51 and the upper locked surface 52e of the head 52b, or the lower covering of the wall surface 51f of the closing wall 51 and the head 52b. It is assumed to be equal to the spacing of the locking surfaces 52f (or its maximum value).
　長さＤ１の増加により、第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２が嵌合し易くなるが、圧迫接触の度合いが低下してしまう。長さＤ１の減少により、第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２の嵌合により大きな力が必要になるが、圧迫接触の度合いが高められる。なお、上述の長さＤ１と間隔Ｄ２の関係は、図２，３に図示の長さＤ１と間隔Ｄ２’の関係にも同様に当てはまり、重複説明は省略する。これに関して、閉鎖壁５１に対する上顎６２の接触点Ｎ２は、第１表皮部４１の内側面（又は第１接触面７１）に対する下顎６１の接触点で読み替える。また、雄型突起５２と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合時、下顎６１が第１表皮部４１の内側面（又は第１接触面７１）とある上下範囲で接触する場合、下顎６１の接触点は、挿入方向Ａ１に沿って最も結合部６８に近い位置の点（即ち、上下範囲の最上点）を意味する。長さＤ１が間隔Ｄ２’未満の場合、接触箇所Ｐ１ｂ，Ｐ２における面同士の圧迫接触状態が促進される。下顎６１及び上顎６２の先端点６１ｅ，６２ｅは、取付シート２２に関して最もテープ外方の位置にある。 By increasing the length D1, it becomes easier to fit the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12, but the degree of pressure contact decreases. The reduction in length D1 increases the degree of compressive contact, although more force is required to fit the first and second fittings 11, 12 together. The relationship between the length D1 and the interval D2 described above also applies to the relationship between the length D1 and the interval D2' shown in FIGS. In this regard, the contact point N2 of the upper jaw 62 with the closing wall 51 is read as the contact point of the lower jaw 61 with the inner surface (or the first contact surface 71) of the first skin portion 41. FIG. Further, when the male projection 52 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted, if the lower jaw 61 contacts the inner surface (or the first contact surface 71) of the first skin portion 41 in a certain upper and lower range, the contact of the lower jaw 61 The point means the point closest to the coupling portion 68 along the insertion direction A1 (that is, the highest point in the vertical range). When the length D1 is less than the interval D2', the pressure contact state between the surfaces at the contact points P1b and P2 is promoted. Tip points 61e and 62e of the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 are located at the outermost position of the tape with respect to the mounting sheet 22. As shown in FIG.
　第１接触面７１と第２接触面７２の接触と同様、閉鎖壁５１と雌型嵌合部６（例えば、上顎６２）の接触は、局所的な接触であり得る。この目的又は異なる目的のため、閉鎖壁５１は、補強シート３１の内側縁３１ａよりもシート外方に突出した凸状面を持ち得る。同様、雌型嵌合部６（例えば、上顎６２）は、補強シート３２の内側縁３２ａよりもシート外方に突出した凸状面（図３の符号６２１参照）を持ち得る。図３に図示のように、上顎６２に凸状面６２１を設け、これが接触する閉鎖壁５１の壁面を平坦面としても良い。この場合、上述と同様、アライメントの問題が生じない。 Similar to the contact between the first contact surface 71 and the second contact surface 72, the contact between the closing wall 51 and the female fitting 6 (eg, upper jaw 62) can be local contact. For this purpose or a different purpose, the closing wall 51 may have a convex surface projecting outwards from the inner edge 31 a of the reinforcing sheet 31 . Similarly, the female fitting 6 (eg, upper jaw 62) may have a convex surface (see numeral 621 in FIG. 3) projecting outward from the inner edge 32a of the reinforcing sheet 32. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, the upper jaw 62 may be provided with a convex surface 621 and the wall surface of the closure wall 51 with which it contacts may be a flat surface. In this case, there is no alignment problem, as described above.
　補強シート３１，３２は、嵌合部１１，１２及び表皮部４１，４２の樹脂とは異なる素材、端的には、紙、不織布、織物、及び編物のいずれか又は組み合わせから成る。嵌合部１１，１２及び表皮部４１，４２の樹脂は、熱可塑性ポリマーからなり、より好ましくは熱可塑性エラストマーからなり、例えば、熱可塑性ポリウレタン、ポリエステルエラストマー、オレフィン系エラストマー、ポリ塩化ビニル等である。取付シート２１，２２に補強シート３１，３２を導入することによって取付シート２１，２２の硬さが増し、またその形状安定性が高められる。同時に、樹脂の使用量が低減される。なお、補強シート３１，３２が可撓性を有するため取付シート２１，２２の可撓性も確保される。補強シート３１，３２が織物又は編物又はこの混在物である場合、その両面において（織り又は編みに応じた）微小な起伏が形成されており、これにより、表皮部４１，４２の樹脂との密着性が高められる。 The reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are made of a material different from the resin of the fitting portions 11, 12 and the skin portions 41, 42, namely paper, nonwoven fabric, woven fabric, or knitted fabric, or a combination thereof. The resin of the fitting portions 11, 12 and the skin portions 41, 42 is made of a thermoplastic polymer, more preferably a thermoplastic elastomer, such as thermoplastic polyurethane, polyester elastomer, olefin elastomer, polyvinyl chloride, and the like. . By introducing the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 into the mounting sheets 21, 22, the rigidity of the mounting sheets 21, 22 is increased and their shape stability is enhanced. At the same time, the amount of resin used is reduced. In addition, since the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 have flexibility, the flexibility of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is also ensured. When the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are woven fabrics, knitted fabrics, or mixtures thereof, minute undulations (according to the weaving or knitting) are formed on both sides of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, so that the outer skins 41 and 42 adhere to the resin. sexuality is enhanced.
　第１補強シート３１は、雄型嵌合部５を支持するように設けられ得る。これにより雄型嵌合部５の形状の安定度が高められる。第２補強シート３２は、雌型嵌合部６を支持するように設けられ得る。これにより雌型嵌合部６の形状の安定度が高められる。レールファスナー１００の製造のために軟質の樹脂（例えば、熱可塑性ポリウレタン、ポリエステルエラストマー、オレフィン系エラストマー、ポリ塩化ビニル等）を採用する場合、その硬化過程で雄型嵌合部５の形状及び雌型嵌合部６の形状が変化しやすいが、補強シート３１，３２のおかげでその形状変化が抑制される。 The first reinforcing sheet 31 can be provided so as to support the male fitting part 5 . This enhances the stability of the shape of the male fitting portion 5 . A second reinforcing sheet 32 may be provided to support the female fitting 6 . This enhances the stability of the shape of the female fitting portion 6 . When adopting a soft resin (for example, thermoplastic polyurethane, polyester elastomer, olefin elastomer, polyvinyl chloride, etc.) for manufacturing the rail fastener 100, the shape of the male fitting portion 5 and the female mold are changed during the curing process. Although the shape of the fitting portion 6 is likely to change, the shape change is suppressed thanks to the reinforcement sheets 31 and 32 .
　雄型嵌合部５は、少なくともその一部が第１補強シート３１上に配されるように設けられ得る。ガイド突起５３が第１補強シート３１上に配置され得る。追加又は代替として、ガイド突起５３が設けられる閉鎖壁５１の壁面５１ｚの少なくとも一部（好適には全面）が第１補強シート３１上に配置され得る。これにより第１補強シート３１による閉鎖壁５１のより安定した支持が促進される。第１補強シート３１の内側縁３１ａは、ガイド突起５３又は閉鎖壁５１の壁面５１ｚよりも第１取付シート２１に関してシート外方に位置し、場合によっては、閉鎖壁５１の頂面５１ｇの直下に位置し得る。なお、図示例では、閉鎖壁５１の壁面５１ｚは、ガイド突起５３よりも上方に位置する傾斜面とガイド突起５３の下方に位置する垂直面を含み、いずれも第１補強シート３１の上方に位置している。 The male fitting part 5 can be provided so that at least part of it is arranged on the first reinforcing sheet 31 . Guide protrusions 53 may be arranged on the first reinforcing sheet 31 . Additionally or alternatively, at least a portion (preferably the entire surface) of the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 on which the guide projections 53 are provided may be arranged on the first reinforcing sheet 31 . This promotes more stable support of the closing wall 51 by the first reinforcing sheet 31 . The inner edge 31a of the first reinforcing sheet 31 is located outside the guide projection 53 or the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 with respect to the first mounting sheet 21, and in some cases directly below the top surface 51g of the closing wall 51. can be located. In the illustrated example, the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 includes an inclined surface located above the guide projection 53 and a vertical surface located below the guide projection 53, both of which are located above the first reinforcing sheet 31. are doing.
　雌型嵌合部６は、雄型嵌合部５を受容するための受容空間６５が第２補強シート３２上に配されるように設けられ得る。好適には、第２補強シート３２の一部が下顎６１の直下に埋設される。図３から明らかなように、下側及び上側係止突起６３，６４（下側及び上側係止面６３ｓ，６４ｓも同様）も第２補強シート３２上（その上面上）に位置付けられる。下側係止突起６３の柔軟性が補強シート３２により低下してその係止力が高められると考えられる。第２補強シート３２の内側縁３２ａは、下側係止突起６３の下側係止面６３ｓよりも第２接触面７２寄りに位置付けられ得る。追加又は代替として、第２補強シート３２の内側縁３２ａは、上述の傾斜面６３ｊの直下（傾斜面６３ｊの緩傾斜領域と急傾斜領域の境界の直下）に位置付けられ得る。 The female fitting part 6 can be provided such that a receiving space 65 for receiving the male fitting part 5 is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet 32 . Preferably, part of the second reinforcing sheet 32 is embedded directly below the lower jaw 61 . As is clear from FIG. 3, the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 (as well as the lower and upper locking surfaces 63s, 64s) are also positioned on the second reinforcing sheet 32 (on its upper surface). It is thought that the flexibility of the lower locking projection 63 is reduced by the reinforcing sheet 32 and the locking force is increased. The inner edge 32 a of the second reinforcing sheet 32 can be positioned closer to the second contact surface 72 than the lower locking surface 63 s of the lower locking projection 63 . Additionally or alternatively, the inner edge 32a of the second reinforcing sheet 32 may be positioned directly below the aforementioned inclined surface 63j (immediately below the boundary between the gentle and steep areas of the inclined surface 63j).
　レールファスナー１００の防水性を高めるため、補強シート３１，３２の両面が表皮部４１，４２により被覆されることが好ましい。勿論、補強シート３２の上面を露出させ（図５参照）、又は補強シート３２の下面を露出させ（図６参照）させることもできる。また、レールファスナー１００の厚み及び使用樹脂量が増加してしまうが、図７に示すように、下顎６１が厚く形成される形態も想定される。 In order to improve the waterproofness of the rail fastener 100, both sides of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are preferably covered with the skin portions 41, 42. Of course, the upper surface of the reinforcing sheet 32 can be exposed (see FIG. 5) or the lower surface of the reinforcing sheet 32 can be exposed (see FIG. 6). Moreover, although the thickness of the rail fastener 100 and the amount of resin used increase, as shown in FIG.
　補強シート３１，３２が適度な強度を有するため、取付対象物に対して縫い糸８により取付シート２１，２２を縫着することができる。針が補強シート３１，３２を貫通しても、そこを起点として補強シート３１，３２に裂け目が生じることが抑制される。縫着は、取付シート２１，２２が樹脂の単層から成る場合には採用できない手法である。 Since the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 have appropriate strength, the mounting sheets 21, 22 can be sewn to the object to be mounted with the sewing thread 8. Even if the needle penetrates through the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are prevented from being torn from there. Sewing is a method that cannot be adopted when the mounting sheets 21 and 22 are made of a single layer of resin.
　取付シート２１，２２の一様な柔軟性を確保するため、又は、上述の糸８を用いた縫着のため、補強シート３１，３２の外側縁は、取付シート２１，２２の外側縁２１ｂ，２２ｂの近傍に位置付けられ得る。すなわち、そのような位置関係になるように補強シート３１，３２が取付シート２１，２２に導入される。 In order to ensure uniform flexibility of the mounting sheets 21, 22 or for sewing using the threads 8 described above, the outer edges of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are aligned with the outer edges 21b, 21b, 21b of the mounting sheets 21, 22. 22b. That is, the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are introduced into the mounting sheets 21 and 22 so as to have such a positional relationship.
　取付シート２１，２２への補強シート３１，３２の導入により表皮部４１，４２の厚み（取付シート２１，２２の上面を被覆する表皮部の上層又は取付シート２１，２２の下面を被覆する表皮部の下層）を十分に薄くすることができる。幾つかの場合、表皮部４１，４２の層厚ＴＨ４１，ＴＨ４２（図２，３参照）は、各々、補強シート３１，３２の厚みよりも小さく、好適には、０．３ｍｍ以下、又は、０．２ｍｍ以下である。即ち、取付シート２１，２２の強度又は柔軟性が補強シート３１，３２により主に確保され、取付シート２１，２２の防水性が表皮部４１，４２により主に確保される。なお、補強シート３１，３２の上層と下層で表皮部４１，４２の厚みを変化させても良い。補強シート３１，３２は、その前端面と後端面以外において表皮部４１，４２により被覆され得る。 By introducing the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 into the mounting sheets 21 and 22, the thickness of the skin portions 41 and 42 (the upper layer of the skin portions covering the upper surfaces of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 or the skin portions covering the lower surfaces of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is reduced). layer) can be sufficiently thin. In some cases, the layer thicknesses TH41 and TH42 (see FIGS. 2 and 3) of the skin portions 41 and 42 are each smaller than the thickness of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, preferably 0.3 mm or less, or 0.3 mm or less. .2 mm or less. That is, the strength or flexibility of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is mainly ensured by the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, and the waterproofness of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is mainly ensured by the skin portions 41 and 42. As shown in FIG. In addition, the thickness of the skin portions 41 and 42 may be changed between the upper layer and the lower layer of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 . The reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 may be covered with the skin portions 41 and 42 except for the front and rear end surfaces thereof.
　補強シート３１，３２と表皮部４１，４２の密着性を高めるため、補強シート３１，３２に複数の貫通孔を形成しても良い。補強シート３１，３２の貫通孔を充填する樹脂により補強シート３１，３２の上面上の表皮部４１，４２の上層と補強シート３１，３２の下面上の表皮部４１，４２の下層が連結される。 A plurality of through-holes may be formed in the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 in order to enhance the adhesion between the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 and the skin portions 41 and 42 . The upper layers of the skin portions 41 and 42 on the upper surfaces of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 and the lower layers of the skin portions 41 and 42 on the lower surfaces of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are connected by the resin filling the through holes of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32. .
　各ストリンガー１，２は、押出成形により製造することができる。図８に示すように、押出成形機２００は、回転機２１０、回転機２１０により回転させられるスクリュー２２０、スクリュー２２０を収容する筒体２３０、口金２４０、樹脂材料の投入口２５０、及び補強シート３１が巻かれたリール２６０を有する。なお、筒体２３０に固形樹脂が導入される場合、その溶融のために筒体２３０にヒータが設けられる。押出成形機２００については様々な構成が採用可能であり、図８で示したものは単なる一例であるに過ぎない。 Each stringer 1, 2 can be manufactured by extrusion molding. As shown in FIG. 8, the extruder 200 includes a rotating machine 210, a screw 220 rotated by the rotating machine 210, a cylindrical body 230 containing the screw 220, a mouthpiece 240, a resin material inlet 250, and a reinforcing sheet 31. has a reel 260 on which is wound. When a solid resin is introduced into the cylindrical body 230, a heater is provided in the cylindrical body 230 to melt the solid resin. Various configurations of extruder 200 may be employed, and the one shown in FIG. 8 is merely one example.
　ストリンガー１，２の断面形状に応じて適切な口金２４０が採用される。図９は、ストリンガー１のための口金２４０ａを示す。図１０は、ストリンガー２のための口金２４０ｂを示す。口金２４０ａの放出口２４０ｍにおける補強シート３１の位置及び口金２４０ｂの放出口２４０ｎにおける補強シート３２の位置は、上述のとおり、第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２の嵌合時、第１及び第２接触面７１，７２同士が圧迫接触状態になるように設定される。換言すれば、口金２４０ａ，２４０ｂにおける補強シート３１，３２の走行路は、上述のとおり、第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２の嵌合時、第１及び第２接触面７１，７２同士が圧迫接触状態になるように設定される。かかる構成により、上述と同様の効果が達成される。 An appropriate mouthpiece 240 is adopted according to the cross-sectional shape of the stringers 1 and 2. 9 shows a base 240a for stringer 1. FIG. 10 shows a base 240b for stringer 2. FIG. The position of the reinforcing sheet 31 at the ejection port 240m of the mouthpiece 240a and the position of the reinforcing sheet 32 at the ejection port 240n of the mouthpiece 240b are, as described above, when the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are fitted. The second contact surfaces 71 and 72 are set to be in pressure contact with each other. In other words, when the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are fitted, the running paths of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 in the mouthpieces 240a and 240b are, as described above, the first and second contact surfaces 71 and 72. are set to be in pressure contact. Such a configuration achieves the same effect as described above.
　ストリンガー１，２の製造に関しては、（ａ）押出成形機２００に樹脂材料を供給して押出成形機２００の口金２４０ａからストリンガー１を押し出す工程、（ｂ）押出成形機２００に樹脂材料を供給して押出成形機２００の口金２４０ｂからストリンガー２を押し出す工程、（ｃ）可撓性のある補強シート３１を口金２４０ａに供給してストリンガー１の取付シート２１に補強シート３１を導入する工程、（ｄ）可撓性のある補強シート３２を口金２４０ｂに供給してストリンガー２の取付シート２１に補強シート３２を導入する工程が行われる。 Regarding the production of the stringers 1 and 2, (a) a step of supplying the resin material to the extruder 200 and extruding the stringer 1 from the nozzle 240a of the extruder 200, (b) supplying the resin material to the extruder 200. (c) supplying a flexible reinforcing sheet 31 to the die 240a to introduce the reinforcing sheet 31 into the mounting sheet 21 of the stringer 1; ) a step of supplying a flexible reinforcing sheet 32 to the mouthpiece 240b and introducing the reinforcing sheet 32 to the mounting sheet 21 of the stringer 2;
　工程（ａ）と工程（ｃ）に関して、押出成形機２００の作動（例えば、スクリュー２２０の回転）と補強シート３１，３２の供給（例えば、リール２６０からの補強シート３１の送り出し）が同時に進行する。スクリュー２２０の回転により樹脂が筒体２３０内を流動し、口金２４０ａに到達してその放出口２４０ｍから押し出される。リール２６０から送出される補強シート３１が口金２４０ａの所定の走行路を走行し、樹脂（取付シート２１）に埋設された状態で口金２４０ａの放出口２４０ｍから放出される。工程（ｂ）と工程（ｄ）に関しても同様である。スクリュー２２０の回転により樹脂が筒体２３０内を流動し、口金２４０ｂに到達してその放出口２４０ｎから押し出される。リール２６０から送出される補強シート３２が口金２４０ｂの所定の走行路を走行し、樹脂（取付シート２２）に埋設された状態で口金２４０ｂの放出口２４０ｎから放出される。なお、口金２４０ａ，２４０ｂから放出された未硬化のストリンガー１，２は、冷却機に供給されて水冷又は空冷により強制冷却される。押出成形機と冷却機の下流側にはストリンガー１，２を支持する支持具や巻き取り装置が配備される。 Regarding steps (a) and (c), the operation of extruder 200 (eg, rotation of screw 220) and the supply of reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 (eg, feeding of reinforcing sheet 31 from reel 260) proceed simultaneously. . The rotation of the screw 220 causes the resin to flow inside the cylindrical body 230, reach the mouthpiece 240a, and be extruded from its outlet 240m. The reinforcing sheet 31 delivered from the reel 260 travels along a predetermined running path of the mouthpiece 240a and is released from the ejection opening 240m of the mouthpiece 240a in a state of being embedded in the resin (attachment sheet 21). The same applies to steps (b) and (d). The rotation of the screw 220 causes the resin to flow inside the cylindrical body 230, reach the mouthpiece 240b, and be extruded from the discharge port 240n. The reinforcing sheet 32 delivered from the reel 260 travels along a predetermined running path of the mouthpiece 240b, and is released from the ejection port 240n of the mouthpiece 240b in a state of being embedded in the resin (attachment sheet 22). The uncured stringers 1 and 2 ejected from the mouthpieces 240a and 240b are supplied to a cooler and forcedly cooled by water cooling or air cooling. A support for supporting the stringers 1, 2 and a winding device are provided downstream of the extruder and the cooler.
　口金２４０ａ，２４０ｂにおける補強シート３１，３２単独（樹脂に埋設される前）の走行路は、口金２４０ａ，２４０ｂの放出口２４０ｍ，２４０ｎの直前で終端するように口金２４０ａ，２４０ｂを設計することができる。補強シート３１，３２単独の走行路の終端点と口金２４０ａ，２４０ｂの放出口２４０ｍ，２４０ｎの間の距離を適切に確保して補強シート３１，３２を樹脂（取付シート２１，２２）により確実に埋設させることができる。 The bases 240a, 240b can be designed so that the running path of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 alone (before being embedded in the resin) in the bases 240a, 240b ends just before the outlets 240m, 240n of the bases 240a, 240b. can. The distance between the end point of the running path of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 alone and the outlets 240m, 240n of the mouthpieces 240a, 240b is appropriately secured, and the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are securely attached by resin (mounting sheets 21, 22). can be buried.
　レールファスナー１００に関して述べた１以上の特徴を具現化するべく口金２４０ａ，２４０ｂが構成される。例えば、口金２４０ａは、補強シート３１の内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面に第１接触面７１を成形するように構成される。口金２４０ｂについても同様に構成可能である。また、口金２４０ｂの放出口２４０ｎにおける補強シート３２の位置は、雌型嵌合部６の受容空間６５が補強シート３２上に配されるように設定され得る。更には、口金２４０ｂは、補強シート３２の一部が下顎６１の直下に埋設されるように構成され得る。このようにレールファスナー１００に関して種々の特徴の実現のために口金２４０ａ，２４０ｂを構成することができる。 The bases 240a, 240b are configured to embody one or more of the features described with respect to the rail fastener 100. For example, the base 240 a is configured to form the first contact surface 71 on a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 31 . The base 240b can also be configured in the same manner. Further, the position of the reinforcing sheet 32 at the outlet 240n of the base 240b can be set so that the receiving space 65 of the female fitting portion 6 is arranged on the reinforcing sheet 32. As shown in FIG. Furthermore, the base 240 b can be configured such that a portion of the reinforcing sheet 32 is embedded directly below the lower jaw 61 . Thus, the bases 240a, 240b can be configured to achieve various features with respect to the rail fastener 100. As shown in FIG.
　図１１乃至図１４から理解できるように、雌型嵌合部６の下側及び上側係止突起６３，６４を、各々、返し構造とし、同様、雄型突起５２の下側及び上側被係止部５２ｄ，５２ｃを、各々、（係止突起の返し構造に嵌合可能な）返し構造とすることができる。この場合、雌型嵌合部６による雄型突起５２の保持力を効果的に高めることができる。更には、雌型嵌合部６と雄型突起５２の接触面積が高められ、レールファスナー１００のシール性能も高められる。但し、レールファスナー１００の開閉時、雌型嵌合部６は、より大きく変形することが必要になり得る。上述のように雌型嵌合部６が第２補強シート３２により支持されるならば、それに耐える十分な機械的強度が雌型嵌合部６に付与される。 As can be understood from FIGS. 11 to 14, the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 of the female fitting portion 6 are respectively of a reversed structure, and similarly, the lower and upper locked projections 52 of the male projection 52 are locked. Each of the portions 52d and 52c can have a return structure (which can be fitted into the return structure of the locking projection). In this case, the holding force of the male projection 52 by the female fitting portion 6 can be effectively increased. Furthermore, the contact area between the female fitting portion 6 and the male projection 52 is increased, and the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 is also enhanced. However, when opening and closing the rail fastener 100, the female fitting portion 6 may need to deform more. If the female fitting part 6 is supported by the second reinforcing sheet 32 as described above, the female fitting part 6 is provided with sufficient mechanical strength to withstand it.
　具体的には、下側係止面６３ｓは、上方に延びるに応じて下顎６１と上顎６２の結合部６８に接近するように傾斜し、上側係止面６４ｓは、下方に延びるに応じて結合部６８に接近するように傾斜する。下側被係止面５２ｆは、下側係止面６３ｓとの接触に適合するべく傾斜し、端的には、下方に延びるに応じて第１取付シート２１又は閉鎖壁５１に接近する。上側被係止面５２ｅは、上側係止面６４ｓとの接触に適合するべく傾斜し、端的には、上方に延びるに応じて第１取付シート２１又は閉鎖壁５１に接近する。 Specifically, the lower locking surface 63s is slanted to approach the connecting portion 68 of the lower jaw 61 and upper jaw 62 as it extends upward, and the upper locking surface 64s is connected as it extends downwardly. It is slanted to approach portion 68 . The lower locked surface 52f is slanted to accommodate contact with the lower locking surface 63s, and essentially approaches the first mounting seat 21 or the closing wall 51 as it extends downward. The upper locked surface 52e is slanted to accommodate contact with the upper locking surface 64s, and essentially approaches the first mounting seat 21 or the closing wall 51 as it extends upwardly.
　下側係止面６３ｓ、上側係止面６４ｓ、下側被係止面５２ｆ、及び上側被係止面５２ｅは、各々、雌型嵌合部６の受容空間６５への雄型突起５２の挿入方向Ａ１に平行な平面ＰＬ１，ＰＬ２に対して同一角度θ１で交差するように形成され得る。この場合、十分な接触面積を確保することが促進される。なお、頭部５２ｂの上面５２ｂ１と上側被係止面５２ｅのなす角も上述の角度θ１であり得る。頭部５２ｂの下面５２ｂ２と下側被係止面５２ｆのなす角についても同様である。上側係止突起６４は、平面ＰＬ１に包含される平坦面６４ｋを含むことができ、これに隣接して傾斜面６４ｊが形成される。同様、下側係止突起６３は、平面ＰＬ２に包含される平坦面６３ｋを含むことができ、これに隣接して傾斜面６３ｊが形成される。 The lower engaging surface 63s, the upper engaging surface 64s, the lower engaged surface 52f, and the upper engaged surface 52e are each used for inserting the male projection 52 into the receiving space 65 of the female fitting portion 6. It can be formed to intersect the planes PL1 and PL2 parallel to the direction A1 at the same angle θ1. In this case, securing a sufficient contact area is facilitated. The angle formed by the upper surface 52b1 of the head 52b and the upper locked surface 52e may also be the angle θ1 described above. The same applies to the angle formed by the lower surface 52b2 of the head 52b and the lower locked surface 52f. Upper locking projection 64 may include a flat surface 64k contained in plane PL1, adjacent to which is formed an inclined surface 64j. Similarly, the lower locking projection 63 can include a flat surface 63k contained in the plane PL2, adjacent to which is formed an inclined surface 63j.
　上述と同様、雌型嵌合部６の受容空間６５への雄型突起５２の挿入方向Ａ１における首部５２ａの長さＤ１は、上側係止面６４ｓの最下点Ｎ１と閉鎖壁５１に対する上側係止突起６４の接触点Ｎ２間の間隔Ｄ２の最小値未満であり得る。これにより、接触箇所Ｐ１ａ，Ｐ３における面同士の圧迫接触状態が促進される。Ｄ１’とＤ２’の関係も同様に当てはまる。 As described above, the length D1 of the neck portion 52a in the insertion direction A1 of the male projection 52 into the receiving space 65 of the female fitting portion 6 is determined by the lowest point N1 of the upper locking surface 64s and the upper engagement with the closing wall 51. It may be less than the minimum value of the distance D2 between the contact points N2 of the stop projections 64. This promotes the pressure contact state between the surfaces at the contact points P1a and P3. The relationship between D1' and D2' also applies.
　図１４に示すように、雌型嵌合部６よりも閉鎖壁５１を低背とすることができる。詳細には、閉鎖壁５１の頂面５１ｇは、上顎６２の上面よりも低く、雌型嵌合部６と雄型突起５２が嵌合した状態において両者の間に段差が形成される。これにより、レールファスナー１００のレール部１０の幅を狭く見せることができる。好適には、閉鎖壁５１は、接触箇所Ｐ３の確保のため、上顎６２の上面と上側係止突起６４の下端の間の高さに設定される。 As shown in FIG. 14, the closing wall 51 can be made shorter than the female fitting portion 6. Specifically, the top surface 51g of the closing wall 51 is lower than the upper surface of the upper jaw 62, and a step is formed between the female fitting portion 6 and the male projection 52 in a fitted state. Thereby, the width of the rail portion 10 of the rail fastener 100 can be made to appear narrower. Preferably, the closing wall 51 is set at a height between the upper surface of the upper jaw 62 and the lower end of the upper locking projection 64 in order to secure the contact point P3.
　図１５乃至図１７では、上述の実施形態とは異なり、第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２は、第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２の嵌合時、第１補強シート３１の内側縁よりもシート外方に位置する第１嵌合部１１の第１接触面７１と、第２補強シート３２の内側縁よりもシート外方に位置する第２嵌合部１２の第２接触面７２が、第１及び第２補強シート３１，３２の間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触するように構成される。このような場合においても上述と同様、取付シート２１，２２に補強シート３１，３２が導入されてその適度な硬さが得られると同時に、補強シート３１，３２の間での樹脂部同士の圧迫接触によりレールファスナー１００のシール性能が高められる。 15 to 17, unlike the embodiment described above, the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are arranged such that the first reinforcing sheet 31 is The first contact surface 71 of the first fitting portion 11 located outside the inner edge of the sheet and the second contact surface 71 of the second fitting portion 12 located outside the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet 32 . Surfaces 72 are configured for mutually compressive contact between the first and second reinforcing sheets 31,32. Even in such a case, the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are introduced into the mounting sheets 21 and 22 in the same manner as described above to obtain appropriate hardness, and at the same time, the resin portions are pressed against each other between the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32. The contact enhances the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 .
　第１及び第２嵌合部１１，１２は様々な形状を持ち得る。図１５乃至図１７に示す場合、第１嵌合部１１が雌型嵌合部６であり、第２嵌合部１２が雄型嵌合部５である。雄型嵌合部５は、レールファスナー１００の長手方向に沿って延びる断面略円形状の柱部である。補強シート３２の内側縁には芯紐が設けられ、柱部に埋設される。柱部の外周面には、取付シート２２の上下両側で切り欠き９０１が設けられ、これにより上側及び下側被係止面５２ｅ，５２ｆが形成される。 The first and second fitting portions 11, 12 can have various shapes. 15 to 17 , the first fitting portion 11 is the female fitting portion 6 and the second fitting portion 12 is the male fitting portion 5 . The male fitting portion 5 is a columnar portion extending along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 and having a substantially circular cross section. A core cord is provided on the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 32 and embedded in the column. Notches 901 are provided on both upper and lower sides of the mounting sheet 22 on the outer peripheral surface of the column, thereby forming upper and lower engaged surfaces 52e and 52f.
　雌型嵌合部６は、雄型嵌合部５の柱部を受容するように下顎６１と上顎６２を有するＣ字状部分である。補強シート３１の内側縁には芯紐が設けられ、下顎６１と上顎６２の結合部に埋設される。下顎６１の先端部と上顎６２の先端部の間には受容空間６５に連通した通路３０２が形成される。下顎６１の先端部には、雄型嵌合部５の柱部の切り欠き９０１に嵌合するべく、受容空間６５の内側に向けて突出した下側係止突起６３が設けられる。同様、上顎６２の先端部には、雄型嵌合部５の柱部の切り欠き９０１に嵌合するべく、受容空間６５の内側に向けて突出した上側係止突起６４が設けられる。下側及び上側係止突起６３，６４には下側及び上側係止面６３ｓ，６４ｓが設けられ、嵌合部１１，１２の嵌合時に、各々が、下側及び上側被係止面５２ｆ，５２ｅに接触する。図１５乃至図１７に示す場合、第１接触面７１は、雌型嵌合部６の受容空間６５を画定する面である。第２接触面７２は、柱部の外周面である。 The female fitting part 6 is a C-shaped part having a lower jaw 61 and an upper jaw 62 to receive the posts of the male fitting part 5 . A core cord is provided on the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 31 and is embedded in the connecting portion between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 . A passage 302 communicating with the receiving space 65 is formed between the distal end of the lower jaw 61 and the distal end of the upper jaw 62 . The tip of the lower jaw 61 is provided with a lower locking projection 63 protruding toward the inside of the receiving space 65 so as to fit into the notch 901 of the pillar portion of the male fitting portion 5 . Similarly, the tip of the upper jaw 62 is provided with an upper locking projection 64 protruding toward the inside of the receiving space 65 so as to fit into the notch 901 of the post of the male fitting portion 5 . The lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 are provided with lower and upper locking surfaces 63s, 64s. 52e. 15 to 17, the first contact surface 71 is the surface that defines the receiving space 65 of the female fitting 6. As shown in FIGS. The second contact surface 72 is the outer peripheral surface of the column.
　図１８乃至図２６を参照して更に説明する。上述の説明において、図４を参照してレールファスナー１００のレール部１０にスライダー９を取着することを示した。図４に図示したスライダー９は、第１ストリンガー１のガイド溝Ｇ１に挿入される挿入片９９ａと、第２ストリンガー２のガイド溝Ｇ２に挿入される挿入片９９ｂを有しており、これによりレール部１０からのスライダー９の脱落が防止される。雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、両者の嵌合及び嵌合解除のため、適度な硬さと適度な柔軟さを兼ね備え、従って、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の柔軟さに起因してスライダー９がレール部１０から脱落する可能性も無くはない。勿論、レール部１０からスライダー９が脱落したとしてもレール部１０に対して再びスライダー９を取着することはできるが、取着作業の負担が生じ、スライダー９の紛失リスクもある。尚、特許文献４に開示の如くスライダー本体を筒状に形成する場合にはスライダーの摺動が重くなり易い。 Further description will be made with reference to FIGS. 18 to 26. FIG. In the above description, it has been shown that the slider 9 is attached to the rail portion 10 of the rail fastener 100 with reference to FIG. The slider 9 shown in FIG. 4 has an insertion piece 99a that is inserted into the guide groove G1 of the first stringer 1 and an insertion piece 99b that is inserted into the guide groove G2 of the second stringer 2. The slider 9 is prevented from coming off from the portion 10. - 特許庁The male and female fitting parts 5, 6 have both moderate hardness and moderate flexibility for mating and unfitting. There is a possibility that the slider 9 may drop off from the rail portion 10 due to the unevenness. Of course, even if the slider 9 falls off from the rail portion 10, the slider 9 can be attached to the rail portion 10 again. Incidentally, when the slider body is formed in a cylindrical shape as disclosed in Patent Document 4, the sliding of the slider tends to be heavy.
　本実施形態では、スライダー９は、第１翼板９４、第２翼板９５、及び連結柱９６に加えて、第１ストリンガー１のガイド溝Ｇ１に挿入される第１挿入片９９ａと、第２ストリンガー２のガイド溝Ｇ２に挿入される第２挿入片９９ｂを有する（図１８及び図１９参照）。スライダー９が第１翼板９４と第２翼板９５を有し、レールファスナー１００からのスライダー９の脱落が阻止される。更には、ガイド溝Ｇ１への第１挿入片９９ａの挿入及びガイド溝Ｇ２への第２挿入片９９ｂの挿入に応じて、スライダー９内における雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の上下方向の位置が規制される。スライダー９の脱落をより強固に阻止しつつ、同時に、第１及び第２挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂ以外のスライダー部分に関してスライダー９の形状設計の自由度を高めることができる。これに限定されるべきではないが、例えば、第１翼板９４と第２翼板９５の上下間隔を増加し、第１翼板９４と雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の接触の回避又低減、及び／又は、第２翼板９５と第１及び第２取付シート２１，２２の接触の回避又は低減を図ることができる。場合によっては、個別かつ多様なユーザーユーズに見合うスライダーの外観意匠の提供も促進され得る。 In this embodiment, the slider 9 includes, in addition to the first wing plate 94, the second wing plate 95, and the connecting post 96, a first insertion piece 99a inserted into the guide groove G1 of the first stringer 1, a second It has a second insertion piece 99b that is inserted into the guide groove G2 of the stringer 2 (see FIGS. 18 and 19). The slider 9 has a first wing plate 94 and a second wing plate 95 to prevent the slider 9 from coming off the rail fastener 100.例文帳に追加Furthermore, the vertical direction of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 in the slider 9 is adjusted according to the insertion of the first insertion piece 99a into the guide groove G1 and the insertion of the second insertion piece 99b into the guide groove G2. position is regulated. While preventing the slider 9 from coming off more firmly, at the same time, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom in designing the shape of the slider 9 with respect to the slider portion other than the first and second insert pieces 99a and 99b. Although it should not be limited to this, for example, the vertical distance between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 is increased to prevent contact between the first blade 94 and the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6. Avoidance or reduction and/or avoidance or reduction of contact between the second blade 95 and the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 can be achieved. In some cases, it may also promote the provision of slider appearance designs that meet individual and diverse user uses.
　第１ストリンガー１のガイド溝Ｇ１は、ガイド突起５３と第１取付シート２１の間で画定されるものである必要はない。同様、第２ストリンガー２のガイド溝Ｇ２は、ガイド突起６６と第２取付シート２２の間で画定されるものである必要はない。雄型嵌合部５の閉鎖壁５１の壁面５１ｚにガイド溝Ｇ１を凹設しても構わない。同様、雌型嵌合部６の結合部６８にガイド溝Ｇ２を凹設しても構わない。いずれの場合においても、ガイド溝Ｇ１，Ｇ２は、スライダー９の中心線ＣＬに合致するレールファスナー１００の中心軸に向けて凹む部分である。尚、ガイド突起５３，６６を設けることで、雄型嵌合部５とスライダー９の接触面積の低減及び雌型嵌合部６とスライダー９の接触面積の低減が促進される。 The guide groove G1 of the first stringer 1 need not be defined between the guide protrusion 53 and the first attachment sheet 21. Similarly, the guide groove G2 of the second stringer 2 need not be defined between the guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22. A guide groove G1 may be recessed in the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 of the male fitting portion 5 . Similarly, the coupling portion 68 of the female fitting portion 6 may be recessed with a guide groove G2. In either case, the guide grooves G1 and G2 are portions recessed toward the central axis of the rail fastener 100 that coincides with the central line CL of the slider 9. As shown in FIG. By providing the guide projections 53 and 66, the reduction of the contact area between the male fitting portion 5 and the slider 9 and the reduction of the contact area between the female fitting portion 6 and the slider 9 are facilitated.
　第１及び第２取付シート２１，２２には、各々、第１及び第２補強シート３１，３２が含まれており、上述と同様の効果が得られる。しかしながら、第１及び第２補強シート３１，３２を省略することも可能であり、この点は、以下に記述の全形態又は特徴についても同様である。 The first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 include the first and second reinforcing sheets 31, 32, respectively, and the same effect as described above can be obtained. However, it is also possible to omit the first and second reinforcing sheets 31, 32, as is the case with all forms or features described below.
　第１翼板９４は、上下方向に直交するある平面に存在し、第２翼板９５は、上下方向に直交する別の平面に存在し、両者が対向配置される。第１翼板９４は、外面９４ｔと内面９４ｓを有し、これらにより厚みが画定される。第２翼板９５は、外面９５ｔと内面９５ｓを有し、これらにより厚みが画定される。第１翼板９４の内面９４ｓと第２翼板９５の内面９５ｓによりスライダー９内の移動路の上下高さＨ９が画定される。第１翼板９４に引手取付柱が設けられるが、追加又は代替として第２翼板９５にそれを設けても良い。 The first blade 94 exists on a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction, the second blade 95 exists on another plane orthogonal to the vertical direction, and both are arranged to face each other. The first vane 94 has an outer surface 94t and an inner surface 94s which define a thickness. The second blade 95 has an outer surface 95t and an inner surface 95s which define a thickness. The inner surface 94s of the first blade 94 and the inner surface 95s of the second blade 95 define the vertical height H9 of the movement path within the slider 9. As shown in FIG. Although the first vane 94 is provided with a pull attachment post, the second vane 95 may additionally or alternatively be provided with it.
　図２０に示すように、第１翼板９４及び第２翼板９５は、各々、相対的に幅広である前部９４１，９５１、相対的に幅狭である後部９４２，９５２、及びこれらの中間に設けられ、後部９４２，９５２から前部９４１，９５１に向けて幅が漸増する中間部９４３，９５３を有する。前部９４１，９５１において、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の上下位置が制御される。中間部９４３，９５３及び後部９４２，９５２において、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、その上下位置に加えてその左右位置が制御される。好適には、前部９４１，９５１の前後長は、後部９４２，９５２の前後長よりも長い。尚、中間部９４３，９５３の前後長は、前部９４１，９５１の前後長及び後部９４２，９５２の前後長のいずれよりも短い。 As shown in FIG. 20, the first vane 94 and the second vane 95 each have a relatively wide forward portion 941, 951, a relatively narrow aft portion 942, 952, and an intermediate portion thereof. and has an intermediate portion 943,953 that gradually increases in width from the rear portion 942,952 toward the front portion 941,951. At the front portions 941, 951, the vertical position of the male and female fittings 5, 6 is controlled. In the intermediate portions 943, 953 and the rear portions 942, 952, the male and female mating portions 5, 6 are controlled in their lateral positions in addition to their vertical positions. Preferably, the longitudinal length of the front portions 941,951 is longer than the longitudinal length of the rear portions 942,952. The longitudinal length of the intermediate portions 943 and 953 is shorter than the longitudinal length of the front portions 941 and 951 and the longitudinal length of the rear portions 942 and 952 .
　連結柱９６は、第１翼板９４の前端及び第２翼板９５の前端から後方にオフセットして位置付けられる。第１翼板９４の前端部と第２翼板９５の前端部は、各々、上方方向に間隔を空けて対向した対向面を有する。第１翼板９４の対向面は、連結柱９６から離れるに応じて第２翼板９５から離れるように傾斜する第１傾斜面１０１を含み得る。同様、第２翼板９５の対向面は、連結柱９６から離れるに応じて第１翼板９４から離れるように傾斜する第２傾斜面１０２を含み得る。第１及び第２傾斜面１０１，１０２が対向して配置されてテーパー状の形状を画定する。第１傾斜面１０１と連結柱９６の間には平坦面が形成され得る。第２傾斜面１０２と連結柱９６の間には平坦面が形成され得る。第１及び第２傾斜面１０１，１０２を設けることにより、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６と第１又は第２翼板９４，９５の衝突が回避されてスライダー９が意図せずに停止してしまうことが回避又は抑制される。 The connecting post 96 is positioned rearwardly offset from the front end of the first blade 94 and the front end of the second blade 95 . The front end portion of the first blade 94 and the front end portion of the second blade 95 each have opposing surfaces facing each other with a space therebetween in the upward direction. The facing surface of the first blade 94 may include a first sloped surface 101 that slopes away from the second blade 95 as it moves away from the connecting post 96 . Similarly, the facing surface of the second blade 95 may include a second sloped surface 102 that slopes away from the first blade 94 as it moves away from the connecting post 96 . First and second angled surfaces 101, 102 are positioned oppositely to define a tapered shape. A flat surface may be formed between the first inclined surface 101 and the connection post 96 . A flat surface may be formed between the second inclined surface 102 and the connecting post 96 . By providing the first and second inclined surfaces 101, 102, collision between the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 and the first or second blades 94, 95 is avoided, and the slider 9 is unintentionally moved. Stopping is avoided or suppressed.
　連結柱９６は、第１翼板９４と第２翼板９５を連結するべく第１翼板９４と第２翼板９５の間で上下方向に延びる。連結柱９６は、好適には、前部９４１と前部９５１を連結し、より好適には、前部９４１と前部９５１を中間部９４３，９５３に隣接する位置で連結する。連結柱９６は、第１翼板９４及び第２翼板９５の各前端よりも後方にオフセットして位置付けられ、連結柱９６の前方に空間ＳＰ５が形成される。空間ＳＰ５は、第１翼板９４及び第２翼板９５の間で空間的に制約されるが、後述の第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂによっては制約されない。なぜなら、空間ＳＰ５は、連結柱９６よりも前方に位置し、後述の第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂが連結柱９６よりも後方に位置するためである。空間ＳＰ５の配備により、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６が連結柱９６に衝突してスライダー９が停止してしまうことが抑制される。 The connecting post 96 extends vertically between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 to connect the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 . The connecting post 96 preferably connects the front portion 941 and the front portion 951 , and more preferably connects the front portion 941 and the front portion 951 at positions adjacent to the intermediate portions 943 and 953 . The connecting post 96 is positioned rearwardly offset from the front ends of the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 to form a space SP5 in front of the connecting post 96 . The space SP5 is spatially restricted between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95, but is not restricted by first and second side walls 9a and 9b, which will be described later. This is because the space SP5 is located forward of the connecting post 96, and the first and second side walls 9a and 9b, which will be described later, are located behind the connecting post 96. As shown in FIG. Provision of the space SP5 prevents the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 from colliding with the connecting post 96 and causing the slider 9 to stop.
　連結柱９６の両側には、第１前口Ｍ１と第２前口Ｍ２が設けられる。第１前口Ｍ１を介して雄型嵌合部５がスライダー９の内外を出入りする。第２前口Ｍ２を介して雌型嵌合部６がスライダー９の内外を出入りする。スライダー９は、第１及び第２前口Ｍ１，Ｍ２に加えて一つの後口Ｍ３を有する（図２２参照）。嵌合状態の雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６が、後口Ｍ３を介してスライダー９の内外を出入りする。 A first front opening M1 and a second front opening M2 are provided on both sides of the connecting post 96 . The male fitting part 5 moves in and out of the slider 9 through the first front opening M1. The female fitting part 6 moves in and out of the slider 9 through the second front opening M2. The slider 9 has one rear opening M3 in addition to the first and second front openings M1 and M2 (see FIG. 22). The male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the fitted state move in and out of the slider 9 through the rear opening M3.
　スライダー９は、スライダー９の幅方向における第１翼板９４の両側縁（左側縁及び右側縁）から第２翼板９５に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂ（左側壁及び右側壁と呼んでも良い）を有する。同様、スライダー９は、スライダー９の幅方向における第２翼板９５の両側縁から第１翼板９４に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄ（左側壁及び右側壁と呼んでも良い）を有する。好適には、第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂの上下長は、第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄの上下長よりも長く、その２倍以上である。但し、第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄが省略される形態も想定される。 The slider 9 has first and second side walls 9a and 9b (left side wall) extending in the vertical direction from both side edges (left side edge and right side edge) of the first blade 94 in the width direction of the slider 9 toward the second side wall 95. wall and right side wall). Similarly, the slider 9 has third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d (left side wall and right side wall) extending along the vertical direction from both side edges of the second blade 95 in the width direction of the slider 9 toward the first blade 94. You may call it). Preferably, the vertical length of the first and second side walls 9a, 9b is longer than the vertical length of the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d, and is at least twice that. However, a form in which the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d are omitted is also assumed.
　第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂは、雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６の嵌合のために設けられている。雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６は、第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂの間で挟まれ、かつ圧迫されてスライダー９内で嵌合可能である。ガイド突起５３が第１側壁９ａにより押されて雄型突起５２も同じ方向に押される。下顎６１と上顎６２の間に雄型突起５２が進入しようとすると、雄型突起５２の進入方向に雌型嵌合部６が押されるが、ガイド突起６６と第２側壁９ｂの接触によりその変位が阻止される。従って、雄型突起５２により押されて下顎６１が下方に変位し、上顎６２が上方に変位し、雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６が嵌合する。第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄは、雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６の嵌合以外の目的（例えば、第１及び第２取付シート２１，２２の支持、及び／又は、スライダー９内への異物の進入防止）のために設けられている。 The first and second side walls 9a and 9b are provided for fitting the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 together. The male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are pinchable and compressible between the first and second side walls 9a, 9b to fit within the slider 9. As shown in FIG. The guide projection 53 is pushed by the first side wall 9a and the male projection 52 is also pushed in the same direction. When the male projection 52 tries to enter between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62, the female fitting portion 6 is pushed in the direction in which the male projection 52 enters, but the contact between the guide projection 66 and the second side wall 9b causes displacement. is blocked. Therefore, the lower jaw 61 is pushed downward by the male projection 52, the upper jaw 62 is displaced upward, and the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted together. The third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d are used for purposes other than fitting the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 (e.g., supporting the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 and/or It is provided for preventing entry of foreign matter into the slider 9).
　第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂは、第１翼板９４の中間部９４３及び後部９４２に設けられる（換言すれば、前部９４１には設けられない）。第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂは、各々、雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６を押圧する押圧面２７，２８を有する。押圧面２７，２８は、中間部９４３において連結柱９６から離間するに応じてお互いに接近する。押圧面２７，２８は、後部９４２において連結柱９６から離間するに方向に平行に延びる。後部９４２において押圧面２７，２８の間隔は、嵌合完了状態の雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の最大幅よりも僅かに広く設定される。これによりスライダー９の摺動が重くなることが回避される。 The first and second side walls 9a, 9b are provided on the intermediate portion 943 and the rear portion 942 of the first blade 94 (in other words, they are not provided on the front portion 941). The first and second side walls 9a, 9b have pressing surfaces 27, 28 for pressing the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6, respectively. The pressing surfaces 27 and 28 approach each other as they are separated from the connecting post 96 at the intermediate portion 943 . The pressing surfaces 27 and 28 extend parallel to the direction away from the connecting post 96 at the rear portion 942 . The distance between the pressing surfaces 27 and 28 at the rear portion 942 is set slightly wider than the maximum width of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 in the fitted state. This avoids the sliding of the slider 9 becoming heavy.
　第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂの前端位置は、連結柱９６の後端位置Ｐ６又はそれよりも僅かに後方の位置に設定される（図２３参照）。これにより第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂの適切な案内能を確保しつつ、第１前口Ｍ１及び第２前口Ｍ２をより大きく（より開放的に）設け、スライダー９をより円滑に動かすことが促進される。スライダー９の構造対称性のために第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄも同様の位置及び範囲に設けられ得る。 The front end positions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are set at the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96 or a position slightly behind it (see FIG. 23). As a result, the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are provided with a larger (more open) front opening M1 and a second front opening M2, and the slider 9 can be moved more smoothly. is promoted. Due to the structural symmetry of the slider 9, the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d can also be provided at similar positions and extents.
　第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂは、第１翼板９４に連結した基端部と、第１翼板９４から離れた先端部を有する。同様、第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄは、第２翼板９５に連結した基端部と、第２翼板９５から離れた先端部を有する。第１側壁９ａの先端部と第３側壁９ｃの先端部が対向配置され、それらの間に第１取付シート２１の挿通路を画定する。第２側壁９ｂの先端部と第４側壁９ｄの先端部が対向配置され、それらの間に第２取付シート２２の挿通路を画定する。好適には、第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂの各先端部は、上下方向に直交する共通の平面に含まれる先端面９ａ１，９ｂ１を有する（図２１参照）。好適には、第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄの各先端部は、上下方向に直交する共通の平面に含まれる先端面９ｃ１，９ｄ１を有する。 The first and second side walls 9 a and 9 b have base ends connected to the first blade 94 and tip ends separated from the first blade 94 . Similarly, the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d have a proximal end connected to the second vane 95 and a distal end remote from the second vane 95. As shown in FIG. The leading end of the first side wall 9a and the leading end of the third side wall 9c are arranged to face each other, defining an insertion path for the first attachment sheet 21 therebetween. The tip of the second side wall 9b and the tip of the fourth side wall 9d are arranged to face each other, defining an insertion path for the second attachment sheet 22 therebetween. Preferably, the tip portions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b have tip surfaces 9a1 and 9b1 included in a common plane perpendicular to the vertical direction (see FIG. 21). Preferably, the tip portions of the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d have tip surfaces 9c1 and 9d1 included in a common plane perpendicular to the vertical direction.
　第１及び第２挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂは、第１翼板９４から離れた位置で第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂからスライダー９の幅方向にお互いに接近するように突出する。好適には、第１及び第２挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂは、第１翼板９４から離れた第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂの先端部からスライダー９の幅方向にお互いに接近するように（換言すれば、スライダー９の中心線ＣＬに向けて）突出する。第１挿入片９９ａが第１側壁９ａの先端部に連結して断面略Ｌ字形状の壁部が構築される。同様、第２挿入片９９ｂが第２側壁９ｂの先端部に連結して断面略Ｌ字形状の壁部が構築される（図２１，２２参照）。 The first and second insert pieces 99a, 99b protrude from the first and second side walls 9a, 9b in the width direction of the slider 9 at positions away from the first blade plate 94 so as to approach each other. Preferably, the first and second insert pieces 99a and 99b are arranged so as to approach each other in the width direction of the slider 9 from the distal end portions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b away from the first vane plate 94 ( In other words, it projects toward the centerline CL of the slider 9). The first insertion piece 99a is connected to the tip of the first side wall 9a to construct a wall portion having a substantially L-shaped cross section. Similarly, the second insertion piece 99b is connected to the tip of the second side wall 9b to construct a wall portion having a substantially L-shaped cross section (see FIGS. 21 and 22).
　第１挿入片９９ａは、第１側壁９ａの先端部の先端面９ａ１と共に第１取付シート２１（例えば、その上面２１ｍ）に接触するように設けられる。同様、第２挿入片９９ｂは、第２側壁９ｂの先端部の先端面９ｂ１と共に第２取付シート２２（例えば、その上面２２ｍ）に接触するように設けられる。図示例では、第１挿入片９９ａは、第１側壁９ａの先端部の先端面９ａ１と面一の面を持つように設けられる。第２挿入片９９ｂは、第２側壁９ｂの先端部の先端面９ｂ１と面一の面を持つように設けられる。尚、第１側壁９ａの先端面９ａ１から第１挿入片９９ａを僅か上方にシフトさせて第１取付シート２１の接触面積を低減することも可能である。第２挿入片９９ｂについても同様である。 The first insertion piece 99a is provided so as to come into contact with the first mounting sheet 21 (for example, its upper surface 21m) together with the front end surface 9a1 of the front end portion of the first side wall 9a. Similarly, the second inserting piece 99b is provided so as to come into contact with the second mounting sheet 22 (for example, its upper surface 22m) together with the tip surface 9b1 of the tip of the second side wall 9b. In the illustrated example, the first insertion piece 99a is provided so as to have a surface flush with the tip surface 9a1 of the tip portion of the first side wall 9a. The second insertion piece 99b is provided so as to have a surface that is flush with the tip surface 9b1 of the tip portion of the second side wall 9b. It is also possible to reduce the contact area of the first mounting sheet 21 by shifting the first insertion piece 99a slightly upward from the tip surface 9a1 of the first side wall 9a. The same applies to the second insert piece 99b.
　幾つかの場合、第１挿入片９９ａがガイド溝Ｇ１に緩嵌され、及び／又は、第２挿入片９９ｂがガイド溝Ｇ２に緩嵌される。即ち、第１ガイド突起５３と第１取付シート２１の間の上下間隔は、ガイド溝Ｇ１における挿入片９９ａの緩嵌を許容するべく設定され、端的には、第１挿入片９９ａの厚みと同等又は僅かに大きく設定される。雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は押出し成形された部分であり、その形状精度は極めて高いわけではない。従って、上述の設計によって過度な圧入が回避される。第２ガイド突起６６と第２取付シート２２の間上下の間隔も同様に設定される。 In some cases, the first insertion piece 99a is loosely fitted into the guide groove G1 and/or the second insertion piece 99b is loosely fitted into the guide groove G2. That is, the vertical spacing between the first guide projection 53 and the first mounting sheet 21 is set to allow loose fitting of the insertion piece 99a in the guide groove G1, and in short, is equivalent to the thickness of the first insertion piece 99a. or slightly larger. The male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are extruded portions, and their shape accuracy is not very high. Thus, the above design avoids excessive press-fitting. The vertical spacing between the second guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22 is also set in the same manner.
　幾つかの場合、挿入片９９ａがガイド溝Ｇ１に圧入され、及び／又は、挿入片９９ｂがガイド溝Ｇ２に圧入される。即ち、第１ガイド突起５３と第１取付シート２１の間の上下間隔は、ガイド溝Ｇ１への挿入片９９ａの圧入を許容するべく設定され、端的には、挿入片９９ａの厚みと同等又は僅かに小さく設定される。これによりスライダー９の摺動は重くなるものの、スライダー９内において雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６を目標の上下位置により確実に位置付けることができる。第２ガイド突起６６と第２取付シート２２の間の上下間隔も同様に設定される。 In some cases, the insert piece 99a is press-fitted into the guide groove G1 and/or the insert piece 99b is press-fitted into the guide groove G2. That is, the vertical spacing between the first guide projection 53 and the first mounting sheet 21 is set to allow the insertion piece 99a to be press-fitted into the guide groove G1, and in short, is equal to or slightly smaller than the thickness of the insertion piece 99a. is set lower than As a result, although the sliding of the slider 9 becomes heavy, the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 can be reliably positioned within the slider 9 at the target vertical positions. The vertical interval between the second guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22 is also set in the same manner.
　第１及び第２挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂは、上下方向において略一定の厚みを有するが、これに限られない。幾つかの場合、第１及び第２挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂの厚みは、スライダー９の中心線ＣＬに向かって薄厚になる。即ち、挿入片９９ａと第１翼板９４との上下間隔がスライダー９の中心線ＣＬに向かって漸増し、及び／又は、挿入片９９ａと第２翼板９５との上下間隔がスライダー９の中心線ＣＬに向かって漸増する。挿入片９９ｂについても同様の説明が当てはまり、冗長説明は省略する。非限定の一例の効果としては、第１ガイド溝Ｇ１への第１挿入片９９ａの挿入及び第２ガイド溝Ｇ２への第２挿入片９９ｂの挿入の促進が挙げられる。 Although the first and second insert pieces 99a and 99b have a substantially constant thickness in the vertical direction, the thickness is not limited to this. In some cases, the thickness of the first and second inserts 99a, 99b tapers toward the centerline CL of the slider 9. That is, the vertical spacing between the insertion piece 99a and the first blade 94 gradually increases toward the center line CL of the slider 9, and/or the vertical spacing between the insertion piece 99a and the second blade 95 increases toward the center of the slider 9. Gradually increases towards line CL. The same explanation applies to the insertion piece 99b, and a redundant explanation is omitted. A non-limiting example of the effect is to promote insertion of the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and insertion of the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2.
　第１ガイド溝Ｇ１への第１挿入片９９ａの挿入及び第２ガイド溝Ｇ２への第２挿入片９９ｂの挿入に基づいて、スライダー９内において嵌合完了した状態の雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６が、第１翼板９４に対して上方空間ＳＰ１を空けて配置され、かつ第２翼板９５に対して下方空間ＳＰ２を空けて配置される。換言すれば、スライダー９内において嵌合完了した状態の雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６、並びに第１取付シート２１及び第２取付シート２２が、第１翼板９４の内面９４ｓ及び第２翼板９５の内面９５ｓに非接触に位置決めされる。これによりレールファスナー１００とスライダー９の接触面積が低減してスライダー９を円滑に動かすことが促進される。 Based on the insertion of the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and the insertion of the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2, the male fitting portion 5 and the male fitting portion 5 in a state of being completely fitted in the slider 9 The female fitting portion 6 is arranged with an upper space SP1 with respect to the first blade 94 and with a lower space SP2 with respect to the second blade 95 . In other words, the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the state of being completely fitted in the slider 9, the first mounting sheet 21 and the second mounting sheet 22 are located on the inner surface 94s of the first blade plate 94. and the inner surface 95s of the second blade 95 in a non-contact manner. As a result, the contact area between the rail fastener 100 and the slider 9 is reduced, and smooth movement of the slider 9 is facilitated.
　第１ガイド溝Ｇ１への第１挿入片９９ａの挿入及び第２ガイド溝Ｇ２への第２挿入片９９ｂの挿入に基づいて、第１取付シート２１及び第２取付シート２２が第１翼板９４寄りに位置付けられ得る。第１取付シート２１及び第２取付シート２２が、第２翼板９５と、そこに設けられた第３側壁９ｃ及び第４側壁９ｄから浮いた状態となり、そうでない場合と比べてスライダー９の摺動が軽くなる。但し、第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂの先端面９ａ１，９ｂ１（図２１参照）は、各々、第１及び第２取付シート２１，２２の上面２１ｍ，２２ｍに接触した状態に保持され得る。 By inserting the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and inserting the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2, the first mounting sheet 21 and the second mounting sheet 22 are attached to the first blade plate 94. can be positioned near The first mounting sheet 21 and the second mounting sheet 22 are lifted from the second blade 95 and the third side wall 9c and the fourth side wall 9d provided thereon. movement becomes lighter. However, the tip surfaces 9a1 and 9b1 (see FIG. 21) of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b can be held in contact with the top surfaces 21m and 22m of the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22, respectively.
　場合によっては、第２翼板９５から離れた第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄの先端部の先端面は、各々、第１及び第２取付シート２１，２２に対してクリアランスをあけて対向して配置される。尚、第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄを設けることにより取付シート用の挿通路が狭められる。 In some cases, the tip surfaces of the tip portions of the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d away from the second vane plate 95 are opposed to the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 with a clearance therebetween. are placed. By providing the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d, the insertion path for the attachment sheet is narrowed.
　好適には、スライダー９内における雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合過程において、一対の顎の下顎６１及び上顎６２の各々が、第１翼板９４及び第２翼板９５のいずれにも強接触せず、或いは、全く接触しない。雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合過程において下顎６１と上顎６２の間に雄型突起５２が圧入される過程で、雄型突起５２が下顎６１を下方に押し、雄型突起５２が上顎６２を上方に押し、下顎６１が第２翼板９５に接近し、上顎６２が、第１翼板９４に接近する。第１翼板９４に向かう上顎６２の変位前、第１翼板９４と上顎６２の間には上述の上方空間ＳＰ１があり、従って、仮に両者が接触するとしても、これがない場合と比較してそれらの接触が弱められる。第２翼板９５に向かう下顎６１の変位前、第２翼板９５と下顎６１の間には上述の下方空間ＳＰ２があり、従って、仮に両者が接触するとしても、これがない場合と比較してそれらの接触が弱められる。このように上方空間ＳＰ１及び下方空間ＳＰ２のおかげで雄型嵌合部５と雌型嵌合部６の嵌合が円滑化されてスライダー９の摺動が軽くなる。尚、この効果をより確実に得るため、図１９の点線で示すように、雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６の嵌合又は嵌合解除時に変位する顎６１，６２の先端部（取付シート２２に関するシート外方の端部）を受容する受容溝Ｇ３及び／又は溝Ｇ４を第１翼板９４及び／又は第２翼板９５に設けても良い。上方空間ＳＰ１は、好適には、スライダー９内の移動路の上下高さＨ９の１／１０以上の上下範囲に亘って設けられ得る。下方空間ＳＰ２の上下範囲は、上方空間ＳＰ１の上下範囲よりも大きい。 Preferably, in the mating process of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 within the slider 9, each of the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 of the pair of jaws is connected to the first wing plate 94 and the second wing plate. No strong contact or no contact with any of 95. In the process of fitting the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 together, the male projection 52 presses the lower jaw 61 downward and pushes the male projection 52 between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62. Mold projection 52 pushes upper jaw 62 upward, lower jaw 61 approaches second vane 95 and upper jaw 62 approaches first vane 94 . Before the displacement of the upper jaw 62 toward the first wing 94, there is the above-mentioned upper space SP1 between the first wing 94 and the upper jaw 62, so that even if they were to come into contact with each other, it would be less than without it. Their contact is weakened. Before the displacement of the mandible 61 toward the second wing plate 95, there is the aforementioned lower space SP2 between the second wing plate 95 and the mandible 61. Therefore, even if the two contact each other, the difference between the lower space SP2 and the lower mandible 61 is greater than that without the contact. Their contact is weakened. In this way, the upper space SP1 and the lower space SP2 facilitate the fitting between the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6, and the sliding of the slider 9 is lightened. In order to obtain this effect more reliably, as shown by the dotted line in FIG. Receiving grooves G3 and/or grooves G4 may be provided in the first vane 94 and/or the second vane 95 to receive (outer edge of the seat relative to the mounting seat 22). The upper space SP1 can preferably be provided over a vertical range of 1/10 or more of the vertical height H9 of the movement path in the slider 9. The vertical range of the lower space SP2 is larger than the vertical range of the upper space SP1.
　第１挿入片９９ａと第２挿入片９９ｂの間の間隔Ｗ６は、スライダー９の移動時に雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６が両者の間で圧迫されないように設定され得る。これによりスライダー９の摺動が過度に重くなることが抑制される。典型的には、挿入片９９ａと雄型嵌合部５（例えば、その閉鎖壁）の間には僅かに隙間Ｗ７が設定され、同様、挿入片９９ｂと雌型嵌合部６の間には僅かな隙間Ｗ８が設定される。これらの隙間Ｗ７，Ｗ８は僅かなものであり、従って、レールファスナー１００の形状バラツキによっては、挿入片９９ａ及び挿入片９９ｂの一方が雄型嵌合部５又は雌型嵌合部６のいずれかに接触することも想定されている。 The distance W6 between the first insertion piece 99a and the second insertion piece 99b can be set so that the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 are not pressed between them when the slider 9 moves. This prevents the slider 9 from sliding excessively. Typically, a slight gap W7 is set between the insert piece 99a and the male fitting portion 5 (for example, its closing wall), and similarly between the insert piece 99b and the female fitting portion 6 A slight gap W8 is set. These gaps W7 and W8 are very small, and therefore depending on the variation in shape of the rail fastener 100, one of the insertion pieces 99a and 99b may be either the male fitting portion 5 or the female fitting portion 6. is also expected to come into contact with
　図２４及び図２５を追加参照して補足的に説明する。第１側壁９ａの先端部に第１挿入片９９ａが連結し、第２側壁９ｂの先端部に第２挿入片９９ｂが連結している。第１及び第２挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂが同一平面に存在し、スライダー９の幅方向の通路幅が狭められている。第１挿入片９９ａは、第１ガイド突起５３と第１取付シート２１の間に挟まれる。第２挿入片９９ｂは、第２ガイド突起６６と第２取付シート２２の間に挟まれる。第１挿入片９９ａと第１翼板９４の間の空間に第１ガイド突起５３が配置され、第２挿入片９９ｂと第１翼板９４の間の空間に第２ガイド突起６６が配置される。 A supplementary description will be given with additional reference to FIGS. 24 and 25. A first insertion piece 99a is connected to the tip of the first side wall 9a, and a second insertion piece 99b is connected to the tip of the second side wall 9b. The first and second insert pieces 99a and 99b are on the same plane, and the passage width in the width direction of the slider 9 is narrowed. The first insertion piece 99a is sandwiched between the first guide projection 53 and the first mounting sheet 21. As shown in FIG. The second insertion piece 99b is sandwiched between the second guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22. As shown in FIG. A first guide projection 53 is arranged in the space between the first insertion piece 99a and the first blade 94, and a second guide projection 66 is arranged in the space between the second insertion piece 99b and the first blade 94. .
　スライダー９が後進する時、嵌合状態の雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６は、スライダー９の後口からスライダー９内に直線的に進入する。第１挿入片９９ａがガイド溝Ｇ１に挿入されており、従って、雄型嵌合部５は、スライダー９内において一定の高さに位置付けられる。第２挿入片９９ｂがガイド溝Ｇ２に挿入されており、従って、雌型嵌合部６は、スライダー９内において一定の高さに位置付けられる。 When the slider 9 moves backward, the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 in the fitted state enter the slider 9 linearly from the rear opening of the slider 9 . The first insertion piece 99a is inserted into the guide groove G1, so that the male fitting portion 5 is positioned within the slider 9 at a constant height. The second inserting piece 99b is inserted into the guide groove G2, so that the female fitting portion 6 is positioned within the slider 9 at a constant height.
　雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、連結柱９６よりも後方に離れた所定位置において割られて開く。連結柱９６の左右両側の位置では、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、既に割り開かれているため、スライダー９の後進時、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、スライダー９に対して斜め前方にお互いに離れるように移動する。この過程で雄型突起５２により押されて上顎６２が上方に押され、下顎６１が下方に押され、それらの変位が十分になると雄型突起５２が雌型嵌合部６から抜け出る。 The male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are split open at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. Since the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are already split open at the positions on the left and right sides of the connecting post 96, when the slider 9 moves backward, the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are They move obliquely forward with respect to the slider 9 so as to separate from each other. In this process, the male projection 52 pushes the upper jaw 62 upward and the lower jaw 61 downward.
　スライダー９が前進する時、雄型嵌合部５は、スライダー９の第１前口Ｍ１からスライダー９内に斜めに進入する。同様、雌型嵌合部６は、スライダー９の第２前口Ｍ２からスライダー９内に斜めに進入する。雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、嵌合解除された分離状態にある。雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、第１翼板９４と第２翼板９５の間で位置規制される。連結柱９６の後方の範囲では、第１挿入片９９ａの第１ガイド溝Ｇ１への挿入及び第２挿入片９９ｂの第２ガイド溝Ｇ２への挿入によって、レールファスナー１００は、スライダー９内で高さ規制されている。従って、連結柱９６よりも前側の位置において、未だ嵌合していない雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の個々の高さも各ストリンガーの連続性のために規制される。 When the slider 9 moves forward, the male fitting portion 5 obliquely enters the slider 9 from the first front opening M1 of the slider 9 . Similarly, the female fitting portion 6 enters obliquely into the slider 9 from the second front opening M2 of the slider 9 . The male and female mating parts 5, 6 are in an unmated and separated state. The male and female mating parts 5 and 6 are positionally restricted between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 . In the rear range of the connecting post 96, the rail fastener 100 is positioned high within the slider 9 by inserting the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and inserting the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2. are regulated. Therefore, at a position forward of the connecting post 96, the individual heights of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 that have not yet been fitted are also restricted for the continuity of each stringer.
　第１挿入片９９ａの第１ガイド溝Ｇ１への挿入及び第２挿入片９９ｂの第２ガイド溝Ｇ２への挿入によって第１翼板９４と第２翼板９５の上下間隔を増加させることができるが、第１傾斜面１０１を設けることにより雄型嵌合部５（例えば、閉鎖壁の頂部）と第１翼板９４の衝突、及び雌型嵌合部６（例えば、上顎６２）と第１翼板９４の衝突の回避をより促進することができる。レールファスナー１００がガーメントの前身頃の左半分及び右半分の間に取り付けられる場合、ガーメントの柔軟さに追随してレールファスナー１００も任意の方向に大きく湾曲する場合がある。上述の特徴は、このような場合への対処策の一つである。 By inserting the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and inserting the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2, the vertical distance between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 can be increased. However, by providing the first inclined surface 101, the collision between the male fitting portion 5 (for example, the top of the closing wall) and the first blade 94 and the collision between the female fitting portion 6 (for example, the upper jaw 62) and the first Collision avoidance of the vanes 94 can be further promoted. When the rail fastener 100 is attached between the left and right halves of the front body of the garment, the rail fastener 100 may be greatly curved in any direction following the flexibility of the garment. The above feature is one of the countermeasures against such cases.
　雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、連結柱９６よりも後方に離れた所定位置において嵌合完了する。雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、嵌合過程においてお互いに接近する。端的には、雄型突起５２が下顎６１と上顎６２の間に挿入され、下顎６１が下方に押され、上顎６２が上方に押され、両顎の変位が十分になると雄型突起５２が雌型嵌合部６の受容空間に完全に進入する（同時に、下顎６１及び上顎６２が傾斜姿勢から平坦姿勢に復帰する）。連結柱９６の後方の範囲では、第１挿入片９９ａの第１ガイド溝Ｇ１への挿入及び第２挿入片９９ｂの第２ガイド溝Ｇ２への挿入によって、レールファスナー１００は、スライダー９内で高さ規制されている。雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の上下変位が規制された状態で雄型突起５２が下顎６１と上顎６２の間に圧入され、従って、それらの円滑な嵌合が促進される。 The male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are completely fitted at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. The male and female mating parts 5, 6 approach each other during the mating process. Briefly, the male projection 52 is inserted between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62, the lower jaw 61 is pushed downward, the upper jaw 62 is pushed upward, and when the jaws are displaced sufficiently, the male projection 52 is inserted into the female jaw. It completely enters the receiving space of the mold fitting part 6 (at the same time, the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 return from the tilted position to the flat position). In the rear range of the connecting post 96, the rail fastener 100 is positioned high within the slider 9 by inserting the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and inserting the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2. are regulated. The male projection 52 is press-fitted between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 in a state in which the vertical displacement of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 is restricted, thus promoting smooth fitting thereof.
　幾つかの場合、第１及び第２挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂの前端は、スライダー９の中心線ＣＬに沿う方向において、雄型嵌合部５の先端点（例えば、雌型嵌合部６側にある、雄型突起５２の先端点）の移動軌跡Ｌ７と、雌型嵌合部６の先端点（例えば、雄型嵌合部５側にある、下顎６１及び上顎６２の先端点）の移動軌跡Ｌ８の交点よりも前方に位置付けられる。これにより雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の安定、かつ円滑な嵌合が促進される。尚、交点は、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の（嵌合完了前の）嵌合過程の位置に対応する。点線Ｌ６は点線Ｌ７と共に移動過程の雄型嵌合部５の幅を描写する。点線Ｌ９は点線Ｌ８と共に移動過程の雌型嵌合部６の幅を描写する。 In some cases, the front ends of the first and second insertion pieces 99a and 99b are positioned at the front end point of the male fitting portion 5 (for example, toward the female fitting portion 6 side) in the direction along the center line CL of the slider 9. A movement trajectory L7 of the tip point of the male projection 52) and a movement trajectory of the tip point of the female fitting portion 6 (for example, tip points of the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 on the male fitting portion 5 side). It is positioned forward of the intersection of L8. This promotes stable and smooth fitting of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 . The intersection point corresponds to the position of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 during the mating process (before completion of mating). Dotted line L6, together with dotted line L7, depicts the width of the male fitting 5 during movement. Dotted line L9, together with dotted line L8, depicts the width of female fitting 6 during movement.
　図２６を参照して説明する。図２６に示すように第１翼板９４と第２翼板９５を上下反転することができる。これに応じて第１乃至第４側壁９ａ～９ｄの位置も変更される。このような場合においても上述と同様の効果が見込まれる。図２６に示す場合、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、ガーメント（例えば、防水又は防風ジャケット）の内側に配置され、ガーメントの外観において目立たない。また、レールファスナー１００が閉じた状態において第１及び第２取付シート２１，２２の間の接触箇所Ｐ２に形成される閉鎖ラインがガーメントの外観に現れる。これは、ガーメントの外観においてレールファスナー１００の存在を隠すことに貢献する点で特に有利である。 Description will be made with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 26, the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 can be turned upside down. Accordingly, the positions of the first to fourth side walls 9a to 9d are also changed. Even in such a case, the same effect as described above can be expected. In the case shown in FIG. 26, the male and female fittings 5, 6 are placed inside the garment (eg waterproof or windproof jacket) and are unobtrusive in the appearance of the garment. Also, a closing line formed at the contact point P2 between the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 when the rail fastener 100 is closed appears in the appearance of the garment. This is particularly advantageous in that it contributes to hiding the presence of the rail fastener 100 in the appearance of the garment.
　図２７乃至図３６を参照して更に説明する。尚、図１８乃至図２６を参照して説明したスライダーに関する特徴は、矛盾しない範囲で（例えば、両立困難な点を除いて）以下に説明のスライダーにも適用可能であり、逆も然りである。例えば、第１及び第２挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂを以下に記述の二重ファスナー用のスライダーに適用することもできる。 Further description will be made with reference to FIGS. It should be noted that the features of the sliders described with reference to FIGS. 18 to 26 can be applied to the sliders described below as long as they are not inconsistent (for example, except for the incompatibility), and vice versa. be. For example, the first and second inserts 99a, 99b can be applied to sliders for double fasteners described below.
　二重ファスナー１７は、上述した様々な特徴の一つ又は任意の組み合わせを具備するレールファスナー１００と、レールファスナー１００に対して貼り合わされたファスナーチェーン７を有する。ファスナーチェーン７は、例えば、接着剤、熱圧着、又は熱溶着によりレールファスナー１００に対して固着して積層される。ファスナーチェーン７は、第１ストリンガー１に対して貼り合わされた第３ストリンガー１３と、第２ストリンガー２に対して貼り合わされた第４ストリンガー１４を含む。第３及び第４ストリンガー１３，１４は、各々、スライダー９の前進時、雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６の嵌合に同期して係合する第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６を含む。レールファスナー１００では、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６が嵌合したとしても外力によって雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の一方が他方に対して前後方向に位置ズレしてしまうおそれがある。この欠点を補うべくレールファスナー１００が採用される。ファスナーチェーン７は、第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６を包含するものであり、両者の係合によって上述の位置ズレの問題が解消する。 The double fastener 17 has a rail fastener 100 having one or any combination of the various features described above and a fastener chain 7 attached to the rail fastener 100 . The fastener chain 7 is fixed and laminated to the rail fastener 100 by, for example, an adhesive, thermocompression bonding, or heat welding. The fastener chain 7 includes a third stringer 13 attached to the first stringer 1 and a fourth stringer 14 attached to the second stringer 2 . The third and fourth stringers 13, 14 are respectively first and second coiled elements that engage synchronously with the engagement of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 when the slider 9 advances. 15, 16 included. In the rail fastener 100, even if the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are fitted together, one of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 is displaced in the longitudinal direction with respect to the other due to an external force. There is a risk. A rail fastener 100 is employed to compensate for this drawback. The fastener chain 7 includes first and second coiled elements 15 and 16, and the engagement between the two solves the above-described positional displacement problem.
　第３及び第４ストリンガー１３，１４は、各々、第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６が対向側縁部に縫着された第１及び第２ファスナーテープ１１７，１１８を有する。第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６は、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の反対側に設けられる。即ち、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６が二重ファスナー１７の上側に設けられる時、第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６がその下側に設けられ、逆も然りである。第１コイル状エレメント１５と雄型嵌合部５は、第１取付シート２１と第１ファスナーテープ１１７の積層体を挟んで反対側に位置し、その積層体を挟んで上下方向において積層されている。第２コイル状エレメント１６と雌型嵌合部６は、第２取付シート２２と第２ファスナーテープ１１８の積層体を挟んで反対側に位置し、その積層体を挟んで上下方向において積層されている。 The third and fourth stringers 13,14 each have first and second fastener tapes 117,118 with first and second coiled elements 15,16 sewn to opposite side edges. First and second coiled elements 15,16 are provided on opposite sides of the male and female fittings 5,6. That is, when the male and female fittings 5, 6 are provided on the upper side of the double fastener 17, the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are provided on the lower side thereof, and vice versa. . The first coil-shaped element 15 and the male fitting portion 5 are positioned on opposite sides of the laminate of the first mounting sheet 21 and the first fastener tape 117, and are vertically laminated with the laminate sandwiched therebetween. there is The second coil-shaped element 16 and the female fitting portion 6 are positioned on opposite sides of the laminate of the second mounting sheet 22 and the second fastener tape 118, and are vertically laminated with the laminate sandwiched therebetween. there is
　典型的には、第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６は、一定ピッチで係合頭部３７が形成されるように成形された螺旋状のモノフィラメントから成る（図２７～図２９参照）。螺旋状のモノフィラメントは、第１脚部３５、第２脚部３６、係合頭部３７、及び反転部３８を一つの螺旋単位（端的には、噛合要素）として含み、この螺旋単位（噛合要素）が連続して成る。係合頭部３７は、モノフィラメントが幅広に形成された部分であり、その幅広部が、ファスナーテープの長手方向に沿って配向される。 Typically, the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 consist of helical monofilaments shaped to form engaging heads 37 at a constant pitch (see FIGS. 27-29). The helical monofilament includes the first leg portion 35, the second leg portion 36, the engaging head portion 37, and the reversing portion 38 as one helical unit (briefly, engaging element), and this helical unit (engaging element ) are consecutively formed. The engaging head 37 is a portion formed with a wide monofilament, and the wide portion is oriented along the longitudinal direction of the fastener tape.
　雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６が嵌合し、かつ第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６が係合した時（図２７参照）、第１及び第２ファスナーテープ１１７，１１８の間には僅かな隙間が形成されるが、この隙間は、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の嵌合により、端的には、雌型嵌合部６の下顎６１によって閉鎖される。詳細には、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６が嵌合する時、下顎６１は、雄型突起５２と第１コイル状エレメント１５の間（より厳密には雄型突起５２と第１ファスナーテープ１１７の間）に挿入される。これにより第１及び第２ファスナーテープ１１７，１１８の間の隙間が閉鎖され、この隙間を介した流体の移動が下顎６１により阻止される。 When the male and female mating portions 5, 6 are mated and the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged (see FIG. 27), the first and second fastener tapes 117, 118 are A slight gap is formed between them, but this gap is closed by the lower jaw 61 of the female fitting part 6 due to the fitting of the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 . Specifically, when the male and female mating portions 5, 6 are mated, the lower jaw 61 is positioned between the male projection 52 and the first coiled element 15 (more precisely, the male projection 52 and the first coiled element 15). between the fastener tapes 117). This closes the gap between the first and second fastener tapes 117, 118 and the mandible 61 prevents movement of fluid through this gap.
　幾つかの場合、（二重ファスナー１７の幅方向における）係合状態の第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６の幅Ｗ２は、（二重ファスナー１７の幅方向における）嵌合状態の雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の最大幅よりも小さい。コイル状エレメントのサイズを小型なものとすることにより上述の位置ズレの程度を小さくすることができる。更には、二重ファスナー１７の長手方向の単位長におけるコイル状エレメントの螺旋単位（噛合要素）の数が増加して第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６の円滑な係合が促進される。 In some cases, the width W2 of the engaged first and second coiled elements 15, 16 (in the width direction of the double fastener 17) is greater than the engaged male width (in the width direction of the double fastener 17). less than the maximum width of the mold and female fittings 5,6; By reducing the size of the coiled element, the degree of positional deviation can be reduced. Furthermore, the number of helical units (engagement elements) of the coiled element per unit length in the longitudinal direction of the double fastener 17 is increased to promote smooth engagement of the first and second coiled elements 15 and 16. .
　二重ファスナー１７の一つのストリンガー１２１は、第１ストリンガー１と第３ストリンガー１３の積層体を含み、その他方のストリンガー１２２は、第２ストリンガー２と第４ストリンガーの積層体を含む。第１取付シート２１に第１補強シート３１が含まれる場合、第１取付シート２１は、第１ファスナーテープ１１７の厚みよりも大きい厚みを持ち得る。同様、第２取付シート２２に第２補強シート３２が含まれる場合、第２取付シート２２は、第２ファスナーテープ１１８の厚みよりも大きい厚みを持ち得る。第１及び第２ファスナーテープ１１７，１１８は、典型的には、織物又は編物又はこれらの混在物であり、より好適には、織物よりも柔軟性が高い編物であり、これによりストリンガー同士の重ね合わせによる柔軟性の低下の程度を小さくすることができる。好適には、第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６は、各々、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６よりも薄型であり、これによりレールファスナー１００へのファスナーチェーン７の貼り合わせに伴う厚み増の程度を小さくすることができる。 One stringer 121 of the double fastener 17 includes a laminate of the first stringer 1 and the third stringer 13, and the other stringer 122 includes a laminate of the second stringer 2 and the fourth stringer. When the first mounting sheet 21 includes the first reinforcing sheet 31 , the first mounting sheet 21 can have a thickness greater than the thickness of the first fastener tape 117 . Similarly, when the second mounting sheet 22 includes the second reinforcing sheet 32 , the second mounting sheet 22 may have a thickness greater than the thickness of the second fastener tape 118 . The first and second fastener tapes 117, 118 are typically a woven or knitted fabric or a mixture thereof, more preferably a knitted fabric that is more flexible than the woven fabric, so that the stringers overlap each other. It is possible to reduce the degree of reduction in flexibility due to alignment. Preferably, the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are thinner than the male and female mating portions 5, 6, respectively, so that lamination of the fastener chain 7 to the rail fastener 100 is facilitated. The accompanying degree of thickness increase can be reduced.
　スライダー９は、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６、並びに第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６に共用に設けられている。第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂの間で雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６が挟まれ、かつ圧迫されて嵌合される点は上述と同様であり、重複説明は省略する。第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６とは異なり、雌型嵌合部５，６の上顎６２は、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の嵌合時、上方に変位する。第１翼板９４に上顎６２を受容する受容溝Ｇ３を形成することで、上顎６２と第１翼板９４の干渉を回避又は低減することができる。受容溝Ｇ３は、上顎６２が平坦姿勢から脱して傾斜姿勢を取る位置及び範囲に限定して形成することもできる。しかしながら、有利には、受容溝Ｇ３は、第１翼板９４の後端面に到達するまで連結柱９６の後端に隣接する位置から直線的に延びる。これによりスライダー９の成形用金型の構成を簡素化することができる。 The slider 9 is shared by the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 and the first and second coiled elements 15, 16. The male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are sandwiched between the first and second side walls 9a and 9b and are fitted under pressure in the same manner as described above, so redundant description will be omitted. Unlike the first and second coiled elements 15,16, the upper jaws 62 of the female fittings 5,6 are displaced upwards when the male and female fittings 5,6 are mated. By forming the receiving groove G3 for receiving the upper jaw 62 in the first blade 94, interference between the upper jaw 62 and the first blade 94 can be avoided or reduced. The receiving groove G3 can also be formed in a limited position and range where the upper jaw 62 exits from the flat posture and assumes an inclined posture. Advantageously, however, the receiving groove G3 extends linearly from a position adjacent the rear end of the connecting post 96 until it reaches the rear end face of the first vane 94 . Thereby, the configuration of the mold for molding the slider 9 can be simplified.
　スライダー９は、第１翼板９４、第２翼板９５、及び連結柱９６を有するが、連結柱９６は、第１翼板９４の前端部と第２翼板９５の前端部同士を連結し、連結柱９６の前方に図２０に示した上述の空間ＳＰ５が形成されない。レールファスナー１００に対してファスナーチェーン７が貼り合わされているため、レールファスナー１００の第１及び第２ストリンガー１，２の軌道も適切に形成されることがその省略の一要因である。 The slider 9 has a first blade 94, a second blade 95, and a connecting post 96. The connecting post 96 connects the front ends of the first blade 94 and the second blade 95. , the above-described space SP5 shown in FIG. One reason for the omission is that the tracks of the first and second stringers 1 and 2 of the rail fastener 100 are appropriately formed because the fastener chain 7 is attached to the rail fastener 100 .
　第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂの前端位置は、連結柱９６の後端位置Ｐ６よりも僅かに後方の位置に設定される（図３３参照）。同様、第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄの前端位置は、連結柱９６の後端位置Ｐ６よりも僅かに後方の位置に設定される。側壁らの適切な案内能を確保しつつ、第１前口Ｍ１及び第２前口Ｍ２をより大きく（より開放的に）を設け、スライダー９をより円滑に動かすことが促進される。 The front end positions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are set slightly behind the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96 (see FIG. 33). Similarly, the front end positions of the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d are set slightly behind the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96. As shown in FIG. The first front opening M1 and the second front opening M2 are provided larger (more open) while ensuring proper guiding ability of the side walls, thereby promoting smoother movement of the slider 9.
　スライダー９は、上述の第１及び第２挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂを具備しない。第１取付シート２１と第１ファスナーテープ１１７の積層部分は、第１側壁９ａと第３側壁９ｃの間に緩く挿入される。同様、第２取付シート２２と第２ファスナーテープ１１８の積層部分は、第２側壁９ｂと第４側壁９ｄの間に緩く挿入される。第１及び第２挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂの省略によりスライダー９の成形金型の構造を簡素化することができるが、スライダー９内において雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６がより自由に上下方向に変位してしまう。 The slider 9 does not have the above-described first and second insert pieces 99a, 99b. The laminated portion of the first attachment sheet 21 and the first fastener tape 117 is loosely inserted between the first side wall 9a and the third side wall 9c. Similarly, the laminated portion of the second mounting sheet 22 and the second fastener tape 118 is loosely inserted between the second side wall 9b and the fourth side wall 9d. Although the structure of the mold for molding the slider 9 can be simplified by omitting the first and second insertion pieces 99a and 99b, the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 can be moved up and down more freely in the slider 9. displaced in the direction
　上述の課題の解決のために、第１翼板９４に受容溝Ｇ３を設けることができ、これにより第１翼板９４と第２翼板９５の上下間隔を比較的狭く設定しつつも第１翼板９４と上顎６２の干渉を回避又はその程度を低減することができる。端的には、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の嵌合過程で上顎６２が受容溝Ｇ３により受容され、スライダー９の摺動が重くなることが回避又は抑制される。 In order to solve the above-described problem, the receiving groove G3 can be provided in the first vane 94, whereby the vertical distance between the first vane 94 and the second vane 95 can be set relatively narrow, while the first vane Interference between the wing plate 94 and the upper jaw 62 can be avoided or reduced. In short, the upper jaw 62 is received by the receiving groove G3 during the fitting process of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6, and the sliding of the slider 9 is avoided or suppressed from becoming heavy.
　スライダー９は、第１側壁９ａから第２側壁９ｂに向けて***した第１***部２５と、第２側壁９ｂから第１側壁９ａに向けて***した第２***部２６を有し、これらが上顎６２の変形を許容する空間を空けて対向配置される。これにより上顎６２との干渉を回避又は抑制しつつ、第１翼板９４側への雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の変位を規制することができる。好適には、第１***部２５は、第１ガイド突起５３の直上にクリアランスを空けて配置され、また、第１翼板９４に連結する。第２***部２６は、第２ガイド突起６６の直上にクリアランスを空けて配置され、また、第１翼板９４に連結する。第１***部２５及び第２***部２６の配備により、スライダー９の後口Ｍ３が狭まるため、この影響を低減するためにも上述のようにクリアランスを設けることが望ましい。 The slider 9 has a first raised portion 25 raised from the first side wall 9a toward the second side wall 9b and a second raised portion 26 raised from the second side wall 9b toward the first side wall 9a. They are arranged facing each other with a space that allows deformation of the upper jaw 62 . Thereby, while avoiding or suppressing interference with the upper jaw 62, displacement of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 toward the first blade 94 can be restricted. Preferably, the first raised portion 25 is arranged directly above the first guide protrusion 53 with a clearance therebetween, and is connected to the first blade plate 94 . The second raised portion 26 is arranged directly above the second guide projection 66 with a clearance therebetween, and is connected to the first blade plate 94 . Since the rear opening M3 of the slider 9 is narrowed by the provision of the first protruding portion 25 and the second protruding portion 26, it is desirable to provide the clearance as described above in order to reduce this effect.
　更に説明すれば、第１***部２５は、第１側壁９ａの押圧面２７から第２側壁９ｂに向けて***し、端的には、押圧面２７よりもスライダー９の中心線ＣＬ寄りに位置する非押圧面２５ａを有する。第２***部２６は、第２側壁９ｂの押圧面２８から第１側壁９ａに向けて***し、端的には、押圧面２８よりもスライダー９の中心線ＣＬ寄りに位置する非押圧面２６ａを有する。これらの非押圧面２５ａ，２６ａの間で第１幅Ｗ４が画定され、これは、第１側壁９ａと第２側壁９ｂの最大間隔Ｗ３よりも小さい。第１及び第２***部２５，２６の配備のため、スライダー９の幅方向における第１側壁９ａと第２側壁９ｂの間隔は、第１翼板９４からより離れた第２位置よりも第１翼板９４により近い第１位置において狭くなる。尚、第１及び第２***部２５，２６は、各々、スライダー９の中心線ＣＬに沿う第１側壁９ａ及び第２側壁９ｂの全長に亘って形成され得る。また、第１及び第２***部２５，２６は、各々、スライダー９の中心線ＣＬに関して鏡像対称に形成され得る。 More specifically, the first protuberance 25 protrudes from the pressing surface 27 of the first side wall 9a toward the second side wall 9b, and is positioned closer to the center line CL of the slider 9 than the pressing surface 27. It has a non-pressing surface 25a. The second protruding portion 26 protrudes from the pressing surface 28 of the second side wall 9b toward the first side wall 9a, and in short, the non-pressing surface 26a positioned closer to the center line CL of the slider 9 than the pressing surface 28 is. have. A first width W4 is defined between these non-pressing surfaces 25a, 26a, which is smaller than the maximum spacing W3 between the first side wall 9a and the second side wall 9b. Due to the provision of the first and second ridges 25, 26, the spacing between the first side wall 9a and the second side wall 9b in the width direction of the slider 9 is at least a first distance from the first vane 94 at a second location further away from the first vane 94. It narrows at a first position closer to vanes 94 . In addition, the first and second raised portions 25 and 26 can be formed over the entire length of the first side wall 9a and the second side wall 9b along the center line CL of the slider 9, respectively. Also, the first and second protrusions 25 and 26 may be formed mirror-symmetrically with respect to the center line CL of the slider 9 .
　好適には、スライダー９の幅方向における第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂの最大間隔Ｗ３は、連結柱９６よりも後方の全位置において、スライダー９の幅方向における第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄの最大間隔Ｗ２よりも大きく設定される。小型なコイル状エレメントの採用が促進されて上述と同様の効果（例えば、上述の位置ズレの程度を小さくすること）が達成される。 Preferably, the maximum distance W3 between the first and second side walls 9a and 9b in the width direction of the slider 9 is equal to the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9c in the width direction of the slider 9 at all positions behind the connecting post 96. It is set larger than the maximum interval W2 of 9d. Employment of a small coiled element is promoted to achieve the same effect as described above (for example, reducing the degree of positional deviation described above).
　第２翼板９５は、係合状態の第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６の上下方向における位置を規制するべく連結柱９６から後方に延びる凸状の仕切り部１３１を有することができる。仕切り部１３１の上方の位置で第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６の各係合頭部３７が係合し、かつ係合解除される。仕切り部１３１は、第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄの中間の位置を延びる。仕切り部１３１は、第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄよりも低背に形成される。上述のように第１翼板９４に受容溝Ｇ３を設けることにより第１翼板９４と第２翼板９５の上下間隔を狭くすることができ、許容範囲のスライダー９の上下寸法内で仕切り部１３１を第２翼板９５に設けることもできる。尚、上述の受容溝Ｇ３は、スライダー９の幅方向において仕切り部１３１よりも幅広又は同等の幅に形成され、これにより第１翼板９４と上顎６２の干渉を効果的に回避又は抑制することができる。 The second blade 95 can have a convex partition 131 extending rearward from the connecting post 96 to regulate the vertical position of the first and second coiled elements 15 and 16 in the engaged state. At a position above the partition 131, the engaging heads 37 of the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged and disengaged. The partition part 131 extends at an intermediate position between the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d. The partition part 131 is formed lower than the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d. By providing the receiving groove G3 in the first blade plate 94 as described above, the vertical interval between the first blade plate 94 and the second blade plate 95 can be narrowed. 131 can also be provided on the second blade 95 . The above-described receiving groove G3 is formed to have a width wider than or equal to that of the partition portion 131 in the width direction of the slider 9, thereby effectively avoiding or suppressing interference between the first blade 94 and the upper jaw 62. can be done.
　雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６は、第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂの間で圧迫されてスライダー９内で嵌合する。他方、第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６は、第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄの間で圧迫されることなくそれらの間で係合し、かつ係合解除される。第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６は、規定の移動軌跡に沿って移動することにより外力を必要とすることなく係合し、かつ係合解除される。従って、コイル状エレメントの追加に伴ってスライダー９の摺動が許容範囲外に重くなることはない。 The male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 are pressed between the first and second side walls 9a, 9b and fitted within the slider 9. On the other hand, the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged and disengaged between the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d without being squeezed therebetween. The first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged and disengaged without the need for external forces by moving along defined movement trajectories. Therefore, the sliding of the slider 9 does not become heavier than the allowable range due to the addition of the coiled element.
　連結柱９６は、第１翼板９４と第２翼板９５の間で略同一の断面形状を保持し、スライダー９の成形用金型を簡素化することができる。雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６は、連結柱９６の後端位置Ｐ６から第１距離だけ離れた位置で嵌合完了する。同様、第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６は、連結柱９６の後端位置Ｐ６から第１距離又はこれとは異なる第２距離だけ離れた位置で係合完了する。 The connecting post 96 maintains substantially the same cross-sectional shape between the first wing plate 94 and the second wing plate 95, and the mold for molding the slider 9 can be simplified. The male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are completely fitted at a position separated by a first distance from the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96 . Similarly, the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 complete engagement at a first distance or a second distance away from the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96. As shown in FIG.
　第２距離が第１距離よりも短い場合、スライダー９の前進時に関しては、コイル状エレメント１５，１６の係合が、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の嵌合よりも時間的に先であると言える。スライダー９の後進時に関しては、前者の係合解除が、後者の係合解除よりも時間的に後であると言える。雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の嵌合とコイル状エレメント１５，１６と係合を略同一時点にて行うことにより、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６の嵌合の影響を受けてコイル状エレメント１５，１６同士が誤係合又は係合不能になることが抑制される。例えば、コイル状エレメント１５の係合頭部３７とコイル状エレメント１６の係合頭部３７同士が衝突して上手く係合しない事態が回避され得る。 When the second distance is shorter than the first distance, the engagement of the coiled elements 15 and 16 is temporally greater than the engagement of the male and female fittings 5 and 6 when the slider 9 moves forward. can be said to be ahead. Regarding the time of backward movement of the slider 9, it can be said that the disengagement of the former comes later than the disengagement of the latter. By performing the fitting of the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 and the engagement with the coiled elements 15 and 16 at substantially the same time, the influence of the fitting of the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 is reduced. This prevents the coiled elements 15 and 16 from being erroneously engaged or disengaged from each other. For example, it is possible to avoid a situation where the engaging head 37 of the coiled element 15 and the engaging head 37 of the coiled element 16 collide with each other and fail to engage well.
　スライダー９は、第１コイル状エレメント１５の反転部３８の湾曲面に相補的に形状づけられたエレメント案内部４５を有することができ、また、第２コイル状エレメント１６の反転部３８の湾曲面に相補的に形状づけられたエレメント案内部４６を有することができる。エレメント案内部４５，４６は、各々、第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄに連結して設けられ、かつそれらよりもスライダー９の中心線ＣＬ寄りに位置付けられる。各エレメント案内部４５，４６は、半凹状の湾曲面を有する。スライダー９の中心線ＣＬの両側に位置するエレメント案内部４５，４６により第１及び第２コイル状エレメント１５，１６が支持され、これによりスライダー９内でのそれらが適切な高さに設定される。 The slider 9 can have an element guide portion 45 shaped complementary to the curved surface of the inverted portion 38 of the first coiled element 15 and also the curved surface of the inverted portion 38 of the second coiled element 16 . can have an element guide 46 shaped complementary to the . The element guide portions 45, 46 are connected to the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d, respectively, and positioned closer to the center line CL of the slider 9 than the side walls 9c, 9d. Each element guide 45, 46 has a semi-concave curved surface. The first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are supported by the element guides 45, 46 located on both sides of the center line CL of the slider 9, thereby setting them at appropriate heights within the slider 9. .
　図３４及び図３５を参照して補足的に説明する。スライダー９が後進する時、嵌合状態の雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６は、スライダー９の後口からスライダー９内に直線的に進入する。第１及び第２挿入片９９ａ，９９ｂがガイド溝Ｇ１，Ｇ２に個別に挿入されていないため、スライダー９内における雄型嵌合部５及び雌型嵌合部６の上下位置は第１翼板９４と第２翼板９５の間で僅かに変化し得る。 A supplementary explanation will be given with reference to FIGS. When the slider 9 moves backward, the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 in the fitted state enter the slider 9 straight from the rear opening of the slider 9 . Since the first and second insertion pieces 99a and 99b are not individually inserted into the guide grooves G1 and G2, the vertical positions of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the slider 9 are the same as those of the first blade plate. It can vary slightly between 94 and the second vane 95 .
　雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、連結柱９６よりも後方に離れた所定位置において割られて開く。連結柱９６の左右両側の位置では、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、既に割り開かれているため、スライダー９に対して大きな力を付与することなく（連結柱９６の後方に離れた所定位置で）円滑に雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６を割り開くことができる。スライダー９の後進時、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、スライダー９に対して斜め前方にお互いに離れるように移動する。この過程で雄型突起５２により押されて上顎６２が上方に押され、下顎６１が下方に押され、それらの変位が十分になると雄型突起５２が雌型嵌合部６から抜け出る。 The male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are split open at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. Since the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are already split open at the positions on both the left and right sides of the connecting post 96, they can be moved to the rear of the connecting post 96 without applying a large force to the slider 9. The male and female fitting portions 5, 6 can be smoothly split open (at a predetermined position apart). When the slider 9 moves backward, the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 move obliquely forward with respect to the slider 9 so as to separate from each other. In this process, the male projection 52 pushes the upper jaw 62 upward and the lower jaw 61 downward.
　コイル状エレメント１５，１６は、連結柱９６よりも後方に離れた所定位置において係合が解除される。連結柱９６の左右両側の位置では、コイル状エレメント１５，１６は、既に係合解除されているため、スライダー９に対して大きな力を付与することなく（連結柱９６の後方に離れた所定位置で）円滑にコイル状エレメント１５，１６の係合を解除することができる。 The coiled elements 15 and 16 are disengaged at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. Since the coiled elements 15 and 16 are already disengaged at the positions on the left and right sides of the connecting post 96 , the coiled elements 15 and 16 do not apply a large force to the slider 9 (predetermined positions away from the connecting post 96 to the rear). d) the engagement of the coiled elements 15, 16 can be released smoothly.
　スライダー９が前進する時、雄型嵌合部５は、スライダー９の第１前口Ｍ１からスライダー９内に斜めに進入する。同様、雌型嵌合部６は、スライダー９の第２前口Ｍ２からスライダー９内に斜めに進入する。雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、嵌合解除された分離状態にある。雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、第１翼板９４と第２翼板９５の間で位置規制される。 When the slider 9 moves forward, the male fitting portion 5 obliquely enters the slider 9 from the first front opening M1 of the slider 9 . Similarly, the female fitting portion 6 enters obliquely into the slider 9 from the second front opening M2 of the slider 9 . The male and female mating parts 5, 6 are in an unmated and separated state. The male and female mating parts 5 and 6 are positionally restricted between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 .
　雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、連結柱９６よりも後方に離れた所定位置に到達する過程で、第１及び第２側壁９ａ，９ｂの間で挟まれて圧迫される。雄型突起５２は、下顎６１と上顎６２の間に挿入され、下顎６１を下方に押し、上顎６２を上方に押し、それらの変位が十分になると雄型突起５２が雌型嵌合部６の受容空間に完全に進入する（同時に、下顎６１及び上顎６２が傾斜姿勢から平坦姿勢に復帰する）。第１翼板９４に形成された受容溝Ｇ３のおかげで上顎６２と第１翼板９４の干渉が回避され、又はその程度が低減され、スライダー９の摺動が重くなることが回避又は抑制される。この点は、スライダー９の後進時よりもスライダー９の摺動が重くなるスライダー９の前進時に特に有利である。 The male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are pinched and pressed between the first and second side walls 9a and 9b in the process of reaching a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 rearward. The male projection 52 is inserted between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 and pushes the lower jaw 61 downward and the upper jaw 62 upward until their displacement is sufficient so that the male projection 52 engages the female fitting portion 6 . Full entry into the receiving space (at the same time the lower jaw 61 and upper jaw 62 return from the tilted position to the flat position). Interference between the upper jaw 62 and the first blade 94 is avoided or reduced to a lesser degree by the receiving groove G3 formed in the first blade 94, and heavy sliding of the slider 9 is avoided or suppressed. be. This point is particularly advantageous when the slider 9 moves forward when the slider 9 slides more heavily than when the slider 9 moves backward.
　コイル状エレメント１５，１６は、連結柱９６よりも後方に離れた所定位置に到達する過程で、第３及び第４側壁９ｃ，９ｄの間で圧迫されることなく、専らその移動軌跡に沿った移動により係合状態になる。 The coiled elements 15, 16 are not pressed between the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d in the process of reaching a predetermined position rearwardly of the connecting post 96, and move exclusively along the locus of movement. Movement brings them into engagement.
　図３６を参照して説明する。図３６では、レールファスナーとファスナーチェーンの位置関係が反転し、これに応じてスライダーの構造が変更されている。この場合にも上述と同様の効果が見込まれる。図３６に示す場合、コイル状エレメント１５，１６がガーメント（例えば、防水又は防風ジャケット）の外側に配置され、雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６がガーメントの内側に配置される。雄型及び雌型嵌合部５，６は、ガーメント（例えば、防水又は防風ジャケット）の内側に配置され、ガーメントの外観において目立たない。また、レールファスナー１００が閉じた状態において、コイル状エレメント１５，１６がガーメントの外観に現れる。これは、ガーメントの外観において二重ファスナー１７の外観を一般的なスライドファスナー製品と同じに見せることに貢献する。 Description will be made with reference to FIG. In FIG. 36, the positional relationship between the rail fastener and the fastener chain is reversed, and the structure of the slider is changed accordingly. Also in this case, the same effect as described above can be expected. In the case shown in Figure 36, the coiled elements 15, 16 are placed on the outside of the garment (eg waterproof or windproof jacket) and the male and female fittings 5, 6 are placed on the inside of the garment. The male and female fittings 5, 6 are located inside the garment (eg waterproof or windproof jacket) and are unobtrusive in the appearance of the garment. Also, the coiled elements 15, 16 appear in the appearance of the garment when the rail fastener 100 is closed. This contributes to making the appearance of the double fastener 17 look the same as that of general slide fastener products in the appearance of the garment.
　本明細書には以下の発明も開示されている。
［１］
　雄型嵌合部（５）を含む第１ストリンガー（１）と雌型嵌合部（６）を含む第２ストリンガー（２）に対して前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）の嵌合及び嵌合解除を可能にするべく取り付けられるスライダー（９）であって、
　第１翼板（９４）；
　第２翼板（９５）；
　前記第１翼板（９４）と前記第２翼板（９５）を連結するべく前記第１翼板（９４）と前記第２翼板（９５）の間で上下方向に延びる連結柱（９６）；
　前記スライダー（９）の幅方向における前記第１翼板（９４）の両側縁から前記第２翼板（９５）に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第１及び第２側壁（９ａ，９ｂ）；及び
　前記第１翼板（９４）から離れた位置で前記第１及び前記第２側壁（９ａ，９ｂ）から前記スライダー（９）の幅方向にお互いに接近するように突出した第１及び第２挿入片（９９ａ，９９ｂ）を備え、
　前記第１挿入片（９９ａ）が前記第１ストリンガー（１）の第１ガイド溝（Ｇ１）に挿入され、前記第２挿入片（９９ｂ）が前記第２ストリンガー（２）の第２ガイド溝（Ｇ２）に挿入され、これらに応じて、前記スライダー（９）内における前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）の前記上下方向の位置が規制される、スライダー。
［２］
　前記第１ガイド溝（Ｇ１）への前記第１挿入片（９９ａ）の挿入及び前記第２ガイド溝（Ｇ２）への前記第２挿入片（９９ｂ）の挿入に基づいて、前記スライダー（９）内において嵌合完了した状態の前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）が、前記第１翼板（９４）に対して上方空間（ＳＰ１）を空けて配置され、かつ前記第２翼板（９５）に対して下方空間（ＳＰ２）を空けて配置される、［１］に記載のスライダー。
［３］
　前記第１ガイド溝（Ｇ１）への前記第１挿入片（９９ａ）の挿入及び前記第２ガイド溝（Ｇ２）への前記第２挿入片（９９ｂ）の挿入に基づいて、前記第１ストリンガー（１）の第１取付シート（２１）及び前記第２ストリンガー（２）の第２取付シート（２２）が、前記第１翼板（９４）寄りに位置付けられる、［２］に記載のスライダー。
［４］
　前記雌型嵌合部（６）は、一対の顎（６１，６２）を含み、
　前記スライダー（９）内での前記雄型嵌合部（５）と前記雌型嵌合部（６）の嵌合過程において、前記一対の顎（６１，６２）の各々が、前記第１翼板（９４）及び前記第２翼板（９５）のいずれにも接触しない、［１］～［３］のいずれか一項に記載のスライダー。
［５］
　前記第１翼板（９４）及び前記第２翼板（９５）の少なくとも一つは、前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）の嵌合又は嵌合解除時に変位する前記一対の顎（６１，６２）の一つを受容する受容溝（Ｇ３）を有する、［４］に記載のスライダー。
［６］
　前記第１挿入片（９９ａ）は、前記第１側壁（９ａ）の先端部の先端面（９ａ１）と共に前記第１ストリンガー（１）の第１取付シート（２１）に接触するように設けられ、かつ前記第２挿入片（９９ｂ）は、前記第２側壁（９ｂ）の先端部の先端面（９ｂ１）と共に前記第２ストリンガー（２）の第２取付シート（２２）に接触するように設けられる、［１］～［５］のいずれか一項に記載のスライダー。
［７］
　前記第１ストリンガー（１）に対して第３ストリンガー（１３）が貼り合わされ、前記第２ストリンガー（２）に対して第４ストリンガー（１４）が貼り合わされ、
　前記第３及び第４ストリンガー（１３，１４）は、各々、前記スライダー（９）の前進時、前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）の嵌合に同期して係合する第１及び第２コイル状エレメント（１５，１６）を含む、［１］～［６］のいずれか一項に記載のスライダー。
［８］
　前記スライダー（９）は、前記スライダー（９）の幅方向における前記第２翼板（９５）の両側縁から前記第１翼板（９４）に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第３及び第４側壁（９ｃ，９ｄ）を更に備える［１］～［７］のいずれか一項に記載のスライダー。
［９］
　前記スライダー（９）の幅方向における前記第１及び第２側壁（９ａ，９ｂ）の最大間隔は、前記連結柱（９６）よりも後方の全位置において、前記スライダー（９）の幅方向における前記第３及び第４側壁（９ｃ，９ｄ）の最大間隔よりも大きく設定される［８］に記載のスライダー。 The following inventions are also disclosed in this specification.
[1]
said male fitting (5) and said female fitting to a first stringer (1) comprising a male fitting (5) and a second stringer (2) comprising a female fitting (6); A slider (9) mounted to allow mating and unmating of the joint (6),
a first blade (94);
a second blade (95);
A connecting post (96) extending vertically between the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) to connect the first blade (94) and the second blade (95). ;
first and second side walls (9a, 9b) extending along the vertical direction from both side edges of the first blade (94) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the second blade (95); and first and second protruding from the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) at a position away from the first blade (94) so as to approach each other in the width direction of the slider (9) Equipped with insert pieces (99a, 99b),
The first insert piece (99a) is inserted into the first guide groove (G1) of the first stringer (1), and the second insert piece (99b) is inserted into the second guide groove (G1) of the second stringer (2). G2) to regulate the vertical positions of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) in the slider (9) accordingly.
[2]
Based on the insertion of the first insertion piece (99a) into the first guide groove (G1) and the insertion of the second insertion piece (99b) into the second guide groove (G2), the slider (9) Inside, the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) in a state of being fitted are arranged with an upper space (SP1) with respect to the first vane plate (94). , and arranged with a lower space (SP2) with respect to the second blade (95).
[3]
The first stringer ( The slider according to [2], wherein the first attachment sheet (21) of 1) and the second attachment sheet (22) of the second stringer (2) are positioned near the first blade (94).
[4]
said female fitting (6) comprises a pair of jaws (61, 62),
In the process of fitting the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) in the slider (9), each of the pair of jaws (61, 62) The slider according to any one of [1] to [3], which contacts neither the plate (94) nor the second blade (95).
[5]
At least one of the first wing plate (94) and the second wing plate (95) is engaged with or disengaged from the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6). Slider according to [4], having a receiving groove (G3) for receiving one of said pair of jaws (61, 62) to be displaced.
[6]
The first insertion piece (99a) is provided so as to come into contact with the first attachment sheet (21) of the first stringer (1) together with the tip surface (9a1) of the tip of the first side wall (9a), The second insertion piece (99b) is provided so as to come into contact with the second attachment sheet (22) of the second stringer (2) together with the tip surface (9b1) of the tip of the second side wall (9b). , the slider according to any one of [1] to [5].
[7]
A third stringer (13) is attached to the first stringer (1), and a fourth stringer (14) is attached to the second stringer (2),
The third and fourth stringers (13, 14) are synchronized with the engagement of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) respectively when the slider (9) advances. A slider according to any one of [1] to [6], comprising first and second coiled elements (15, 16) that engage with each other.
[8]
The slider (9) has third and fourth blades extending in the vertical direction from both side edges of the second blade (95) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the first blade (94). A slider according to any one of [1] to [7], further comprising sidewalls (9c, 9d).
[9]
The maximum distance between the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) in the width direction of the slider (9) is the above width in the width direction of the slider (9) at all positions behind the connecting post (96) A slider according to [8], which is set larger than the maximum distance between the third and fourth side walls (9c, 9d).
　上述の教示を踏まえ、当業者は、各実施形態及び各特徴に対して様々な変更を加えることができる。嵌合部１１，１２に関しては、本願に開示のもの以外の他の様々な形状を採用することができる。補強シートは、単層に限らず、複層としても良い。例えば、補強シートは、織物と紙の積層物である。請求の範囲に盛り込まれた符号は、参考のためであり、請求の範囲を限定解釈する目的で参照されるべきものではない。 Based on the above teachings, a person skilled in the art can make various modifications to each embodiment and each feature. Various other shapes other than those disclosed herein can be employed for the mating portions 11 and 12 . The reinforcing sheet is not limited to a single layer, and may be multi-layered. For example, the reinforcing sheet is a laminate of fabric and paper. Reference signs in the claims are for reference only and should not be construed for the purpose of limiting the scope of the claims.
１　　　　：ストリンガー
２　　　　：ストリンガー
５　　　　：雄型嵌合部
６　　　　：雌型嵌合部
１０　　　：レール部
１１　　　：嵌合部
１２　　　：嵌合部
２１　　　：取付シート
２１ａ　　：内側縁
２１ｂ　　：外側縁
２２　　　：取付シート
２２ａ　　：内側縁
２２ｂ　　：外側縁
３１　　　：補強シート
３２　　　：補強シート
４１　　　：表皮部
４２　　　：表皮部
１００　　：レールファスナー
２００　　：押出成形機
２４０　　：口金
２４０ａ　：口金
２４０ｂ　：口金 Reference Signs List 1 : Stringer 2 : Stringer 5 : Male fitting part 6 : Female fitting part 10 : Rail part 11 : Fitting part 12 : Fitting part 21 : Mounting sheet 21a : Inner edge 21b : Outer edge 22 : Mounting sheet 22a: Inner edge 22b: Outer edge 31: Reinforcement sheet 32: Reinforcement sheet 41: Skin part 42: Skin part 100: Rail fastener 200: Extruder 240: Base 240a: Base 240b: Base

Claims (34)

  1. 　第１取付シート（２１）と第１嵌合部（１１）を含む第１ストリンガー（１）と、第２取付シート（２２）と第２嵌合部（１２）を含む第２ストリンガー（２）を備え、前記第１及び第２嵌合部（１１，１２）が嵌合してレール部（１０）が形成されるレールファスナー（１００）であって、
    　前記第１取付シート（２１）は、可撓性のある第１補強シート（３１）と、前記第１補強シート（３１）を少なくとも部分的に被覆するべく前記第１嵌合部（１１）から延出し、前記第１嵌合部（１１）の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る第１表皮部（４１）を含み、
    　前記第２取付シート（２２）は、可撓性のある第２補強シート（３２）と、前記第２補強シート（３２）を少なくとも部分的に被覆するべく前記第２嵌合部（１２）から延出し、前記第２嵌合部（１２）の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る第２表皮部（４２）を含み、
    　前記第１及び第２嵌合部（１１，１２）は、前記第１及び第２嵌合部（１１，１２）の嵌合時、前記第１補強シート（３１）の内側縁（３１ａ）よりもシート外方に位置する前記第１表皮部（４１）又は前記第１嵌合部（１１）の第１接触面（７１）と、前記第２補強シート（３２）の内側縁（３２ａ）よりもシート外方に位置する前記第２表皮部（４２）又は前記第２嵌合部（１２）の第２接触面（７２）が、前記第１及び第２補強シート（３１，３２）の間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触するように構成される、レールファスナー。     A first stringer (1) comprising a first attachment seat (21) and a first fitting portion (11) and a second stringer (2) comprising a second attachment seat (22) and a second fitting portion (12) A rail fastener (100) in which the first and second fitting portions (11, 12) are fitted to form a rail portion (10),
    Said first mounting sheet (21) comprises a flexible first reinforcing sheet (31) and a tape from said first fitting (11) to at least partially cover said first reinforcing sheet (31). including a first skin portion (41) extending and made of the same resin as the resin of the first fitting portion (11),
    Said second mounting sheet (22) comprises a flexible second stiffening sheet (32) and from said second fitting (12) to at least partially cover said second stiffening sheet (32). including a second skin portion (42) extending and made of the same resin as the resin of the second fitting portion (12),
    When the first and second fitting portions (11, 12) are fitted, the first and second fitting portions (11, 12) are separated from the inner edge (31a) of the first reinforcing sheet (31). From the first contact surface (71) of the first skin portion (41) or the first fitting portion (11) located on the outer side of the seat and the inner edge (32a) of the second reinforcing sheet (32) The second contact surface (72) of the second skin portion (42) or the second fitting portion (12) positioned further outside the seat is positioned between the first and second reinforcing sheets (31, 32). A rail fastener configured to compress and contact each other with a .
  2. 　前記第１及び第２嵌合部（１１，１２）の嵌合時、前記第１表皮部（４１）の第１接触面（７１）と、前記第２表皮部（４２）の第２接触面（７２）が、前記第１及び第２補強シート（３１，３２）の間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触する請求項１に記載のレールファスナーであって、
    　前記第１嵌合部（１１）は、少なくとも雄型突起（５２）を含む雄型嵌合部（５）であり、前記第２嵌合部（１２）は、前記雄型突起（５２）を受容する受容空間（６５）を有し、かつ前記受容空間（６５）から前記雄型突起（５２）が離脱することを阻止するように形状付けられた雌型嵌合部（６）である、レールファスナー。     When the first and second fitting portions (11, 12) are fitted together, the first contact surface (71) of the first skin portion (41) and the second contact surface of the second skin portion (42) 2. A rail fastener according to claim 1, wherein (72) is in compressive contact with each other between said first and second reinforcing sheets (31, 32),
    Said first mating part (11) is a male mating part (5) comprising at least a male protrusion (52) and said second mating part (12) comprises said male protrusion (52). a female fitting (6) having a receiving space (65) for receiving and configured to prevent disengagement of said male projection (52) from said receiving space (65); rail fastener.
  3. 　前記雌型嵌合部（６）は、前記受容空間（６５）が前記第２補強シート（３２）上に配されるように設けられることを特徴とする請求項２に記載のレールファスナー。 The rail fastener according to claim 2, characterized in that the female fitting part (6) is provided such that the receiving space (65) is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet (32).
  4. 　前記雌型嵌合部（６）は、前記雌型嵌合部（６）からの前記雄型突起（５２）の離脱を阻止する係止面（６３ｓ）が設けられた係止突起（６３）を有し、前記係止面（６３ｓ）は、前記第２補強シート（３２）上に位置付けられることを特徴とする請求項３に記載のレールファスナー。 The female fitting part (6) has a locking projection (63) provided with a locking surface (63s) that prevents the male projection (52) from being detached from the female fitting part (6). 4. A rail fastener according to claim 3, wherein said locking surface (63s) is positioned on said second stiffening sheet (32).
  5. 　前記雌型嵌合部（６）は、前記受容空間（６５）を画定するべく対向配置された下顎（６１）及び上顎（６２）を含み、
    　前記下顎（６１）は、下側係止面（６３ｓ）を有するべく上方に突出した下側係止突起（６３）を含み、前記上顎（６２）は、上側係止面（６４ｓ）を有するべく下方に突出した上側係止突起（６４）を含み、
    　前記雄型突起（５２）は、首部（５２ａ）と頭部（５２ｂ）を有する矢型突起であり、前記頭部（５２ｂ）が、下側被係止面（５２ｆ）を有するべく下方に突出した下側被係止部（５２ｄ）と、上側被係止面（５２ｅ）を有するべく上方に突出した上側被係止部（５２ｃ）を有し、
    　前記下側係止面（６３ｓ）と前記上側係止面（６４ｓ）が前記第２補強シート（３２）上に位置付けられることを特徴とする請求項３又は４に記載のレールファスナー。     said female fitting (6) comprises a lower jaw (61) and an upper jaw (62) oppositely arranged to define said receiving space (65);
    The lower jaw (61) includes a lower locking projection (63) projecting upward to have a lower locking surface (63s) and the upper jaw (62) to have an upper locking surface (64s). including a downwardly projecting upper locking projection (64);
    Said male projection (52) is an arrow-shaped projection having a neck (52a) and a head (52b), said head (52b) protruding downward to have a lower latching surface (52f). a lower locked portion (52d) and an upper locked portion (52c) protruding upward to have an upper locked surface (52e);
    A rail fastener according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that said lower locking surface (63s) and said upper locking surface (64s) are positioned on said second stiffening sheet (32).
  6. 　前記下側係止面（６３ｓ）は、上方に延びるに応じて前記下顎（６１）と前記上顎（６２）の結合部（６８）に接近するように傾斜し、前記上側係止面（６４ｓ）は、下方に延びるに応じて前記結合部（６８）に接近するように傾斜し、
    　前記下側被係止面（５２ｆ）は、前記下側係止面（６３ｓ）との接触のために傾斜し、前記上側被係止面（５２ｅ）は、前記上側係止面（６４ｓ）との接触のために傾斜することを特徴とする請求項５に記載のレールファスナー。     The lower locking surface (63s) is inclined so as to approach the joint (68) of the lower jaw (61) and the upper jaw (62) as it extends upward, and the upper locking surface (64s) is inclined to approach said coupling portion (68) as it extends downwardly;
    The lower locked surface (52f) is inclined for contact with the lower locked surface (63s), and the upper locked surface (52e) is aligned with the upper locked surface (64s). 6. The rail fastener according to claim 5, wherein the rail fastener is slanted for contact with the .
  7. 　第１翼板（９４）、第２翼板（９５）、前記第１翼板（９４）と前記第２翼板（９５）を連結するべく前記第１翼板（９４）と前記第２翼板（９５）の間で上下方向に延びる連結柱（９６）、前記スライダー（９）の幅方向における前記第１翼板（９４）の両側縁から前記第２翼板（９５）に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第１及び第２側壁（９ａ，９ｂ）、及び前記第１翼板（９４）から離れた位置で前記第１及び前記第２側壁（９ａ，９ｂ）から前記スライダー（９）の幅方向にお互いに接近するように突出した第１及び第２挿入片（９９ａ，９９ｂ）を含むスライダー（９）を更に備え、前記第１挿入片（９９ａ）が前記第１ストリンガー（１）の第１ガイド溝（Ｇ１）に挿入され、前記第２挿入片（９９ｂ）が前記第２ストリンガー（２）の第２ガイド溝（Ｇ２）に挿入される、請求項２乃至６のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 a first blade (94), a second blade (95), the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) to connect the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) A connecting post (96) extending vertically between the plates (95), from both side edges of the first blade (94) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the second blade (95) First and second side walls (9a, 9b) extending along the vertical direction, and the slider (9) from the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) at a position away from the first vane (94) further comprising a slider (9) including first and second insert pieces (99a, 99b) projecting so as to approach each other in the width direction of the first stringer (1); 7. Any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the second insertion piece (99b) is inserted into the second guide groove (G2) of the second stringer (2). rail fasteners as described in paragraph.
  8. 　前記第１ガイド溝（Ｇ１）への前記第１挿入片（９９ａ）の挿入及び前記第２ガイド溝（Ｇ２）への前記第２挿入片（９９ｂ）の挿入に基づいて、（ｉ）前記スライダー（９）内における前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）の前記上下方向の位置が規制され、及び／又は、（ｉｉ）前記スライダー（９）内において嵌合完了した状態の前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）が、前記第１翼板（９４）に対して上方空間（ＳＰ１）を空けて配置され、かつ前記第２翼板（９５）に対して下方空間（ＳＰ２）を空けて配置される、請求項７に記載のレールファスナー。 Based on the insertion of the first insertion piece (99a) into the first guide groove (G1) and the insertion of the second insertion piece (99b) into the second guide groove (G2), (i) the slider (9) the vertical positions of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) are regulated; and/or (ii) fitting within the slider (9). The male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) in the completed state are arranged with an upper space (SP1) with respect to the first blade (94), and 8. The rail fastener according to claim 7, wherein the two blades (95) are arranged with a lower space (SP2) therebetween.
  9. 　前記第１ガイド溝（Ｇ１）への前記第１挿入片（９９ａ）の挿入及び前記第２ガイド溝（Ｇ２）への前記第２挿入片（９９ｂ）の挿入に基づいて、前記第１取付シート（２１）及び前記第２取付シート（２２）が、前記第１翼板（９４）寄りに位置付けられる、請求項７又は８に記載のレールファスナー。 Based on the insertion of the first insertion piece (99a) into the first guide groove (G1) and the insertion of the second insertion piece (99b) into the second guide groove (G2), the first mounting sheet The rail fastener according to claim 7 or 8, wherein (21) and said second mounting sheet (22) are positioned closer to said first vane (94).
  10. 　前記雌型嵌合部（６）は、前記受容空間（６５）を画定するべく対向配置された一対の顎（６１，６２）を含み、
    　前記スライダー（９）内での前記雄型嵌合部（５）と前記雌型嵌合部（６）の嵌合過程において、前記一対の顎（６１，６２）の各々が、前記第１翼板（９４）及び前記第２翼板（９５）のいずれにも接触しない、請求項７乃至９のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。     said female fitting (6) comprises a pair of jaws (61, 62) opposedly arranged to define said receiving space (65);
    In the process of fitting the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) in the slider (9), each of the pair of jaws (61, 62) 10. A rail fastener according to any one of claims 7 to 9, wherein it does not contact either the plate (94) or the second vane (95).
  11. 　前記第１挿入片（９９ａ）は、前記第１側壁（９ａ）の先端部の先端面（９ａ１）と共に前記第１取付シート（２１）に接触するように設けられ、かつ前記第２挿入片（９９ｂ）は、前記第２側壁（９ｂ）の先端部の先端面（９ｂ１）と共に前記第２取付シート（２２）に接触するように設けられる、請求項７乃至１０のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 The first insertion piece (99a) is provided so as to come into contact with the first mounting sheet (21) together with the tip surface (9a1) of the tip of the first side wall (9a), and the second insertion piece ( 99b) is provided so as to come into contact with the second mounting sheet (22) together with the tip surface (9b1) of the tip of the second side wall (9b). rail fastener.
  12. 　前記スライダー（９）は、前記スライダー（９）の幅方向における前記第２翼板（９５）の両側縁から前記第１翼板（９４）に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第３及び第４側壁（９ｃ，９ｄ）を更に備える、請求項７乃至１１のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 The slider (9) has third and fourth blades extending in the vertical direction from both side edges of the second blade (95) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the first blade (94). A rail fastener according to any one of claims 7 to 11, further comprising side walls (9c, 9d).
  13. 　前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）は、前記第１及び第２側壁（９ａ，９ｂ）の間で圧迫されて前記スライダー（９）内で嵌合する、請求項７乃至１２のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 said male fitting (5) and said female fitting (6) are compressed between said first and second side walls (9a, 9b) to fit within said slider (9); A rail fastener according to any one of claims 7-12.
  14. 　前記第１挿入片（９９ａ）と前記第２挿入片（９９ｂ）の間の間隔は、前記スライダー（９）の移動時に前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）が前記第１挿入片（９９ａ）と前記第２挿入片（９９ｂ）の間で圧迫されないように設定される、請求項７乃至１３のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 The distance between the first insertion piece (99a) and the second insertion piece (99b) is such that the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) are spaced apart when the slider (9) is moved. 14. A rail fastener according to any one of claims 7 to 13, wherein is set such that is not compressed between said first insert piece (99a) and said second insert piece (99b).
  15. 　前記連結柱（９６）は、前記第１及び第２側壁（９ａ，９ｂ）よりも前方に位置付けられ、かつ前記第１翼板（９４）及び前記第２翼板（９５）の各前端よりも後方にオフセットして位置付けられる、請求項７乃至１４のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 The connecting post (96) is positioned forward of the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) and forward of the front ends of the first blade (94) and the second blade (95). 15. A rail fastener according to any one of claims 7 to 14, positioned rearwardly offset.
  16. 　前記第１翼板（９４）の前端部は、前記連結柱（９６）から離れるに応じて前記第２翼板（９５）から離れるように傾斜する第１傾斜面（１０１）を有し、及び、前記第２翼板（９５）の前端部は、前記連結柱（９６）から離れるに応じて前記第１翼板（９４）から離れるように傾斜する第２傾斜面（１０２）を有する、請求項７乃至１５のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 The front end of the first blade (94) has a first inclined surface (101) that slopes away from the second blade (95) as the distance from the connecting post (96) increases, and , the front end of the second blade (95) has a second inclined surface (102) inclined away from the first blade (94) as the distance from the connecting post (96) increases. Item 16. The rail fastener according to any one of items 7 to 15.
  17. 　前記雌型嵌合部（６）は、前記受容空間（６５）を画定するべく対向配置された一対の顎（６１，６２）を含む請求項２乃至６のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー（１００）であって、
    　第１翼板（９４）、第２翼板（９５）、前記第１翼板（９４）と前記第２翼板（９５）を連結する連結柱（９６）を有するスライダー（９）を更に備え、前記第１翼板（９４）及び前記第２翼板（９５）の少なくとも一つは、前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）の嵌合又は嵌合解除時に変位する前記一対の顎（６１，６２）の一つを受容する受容溝（Ｇ３）を有する、レールファスナー。     A rail fastener according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein said female mating portion (6) comprises a pair of opposed jaws (61, 62) to define said receiving space (65). (100) and
    It further comprises a slider (9) having a first blade (94), a second blade (95), and a connecting post (96) connecting the first blade (94) and the second blade (95). , at least one of the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) is adapted to engage or disengage the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6). A rail fastener having a receiving groove (G3) for receiving one of said pair of jaws (61, 62) that is displaced from time to time.
  18. 　前記第１接触面（７１）は、前記第１補強シート（３１）の内側縁（３１ａ）よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面を含み、及び／又は、前記第２接触面（７２）は、前記第２補強シート（３２）の内側縁（３２ａ）よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面を含むことを特徴とする請求項１乃至１７のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 The first contact surface (71) includes a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge (31a) of the first reinforcing sheet (31), and/or the second contact surface (72). 18. A rail fastener according to any one of claims 1 to 17, characterized in that the second reinforcing sheet (32) includes a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge (32a) of the second reinforcing sheet (32).
  19. 　前記雄型嵌合部（５）は、前記雄型突起（５２）が結合した閉鎖壁（５１）を更に含み、
    　前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）は、前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）の嵌合時、前記雄型突起（５２）と前記雌型嵌合部（６）間の１以上の第１接触箇所（Ｐ１）と、前記第１接触面（７１）と前記第２接触面（７２）間の第２接触箇所（Ｐ２）に加えて、前記雄型突起（５２）に関して前記第２接触箇所（Ｐ２）の反対側において前記閉鎖壁（５１）と前記雌型嵌合部（６）がお互いに圧迫し合って接触する第３接触箇所（Ｐ３）を有するように構成される、請求項２乃至１８のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。     said male fitting (5) further comprising a closing wall (51) to which said male projection (52) is coupled;
    When the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) are fitted together, the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) are fitted together. 52) and one or more first contact points (P1) between said female fitting (6) and second contact points (P1) between said first contact surface (71) and said second contact surface (72) ( P2), the closing wall (51) and the female mating part (6) press against each other on the opposite side of the second contact point (P2) with respect to the male projection (52). 19. A rail fastener according to any one of claims 2 to 18, configured to have a third contact point (P3) that
  20. 　前記雌型嵌合部（６）は、前記受容空間（６５）を画定するべく対向配置された下顎（６１）及び上顎（６２）を含み、前記第３接触箇所（Ｐ３）において前記上顎（６２）と前記閉鎖壁（５１）がお互いに圧迫し合って接触することを特徴とする請求項１９に記載のレールファスナー。 Said female mating part (6) comprises a lower jaw (61) and an upper jaw (62) oppositely arranged to define said receiving space (65), said upper jaw (62) at said third contact point (P3). 20. A rail fastener according to claim 19, characterized in that ) and said closing wall (51) are in pressure contact with each other.
  21. 　前記雄型突起（５２）は、首部（５２ａ）と頭部（５２ｂ）を有する矢型突起であり、前記頭部（５２ｂ）は、上側被係止部（５２ｃ）と下側被係止部（５２ｄ）を含み、
    　前記下顎（６１）は、前記下側被係止部（５２ｄ）が係止される下側係止突起（６３）を含み、前記上顎（６２）は、前記上側被係止部（５２ｃ）が係止される上側係止突起（６４）を含み、
    　前記１以上の第１接触箇所（Ｐ１）は、前記上側被係止部（５２ｃ）と前記上側係止突起（６４）がお互いに圧迫し合って接触した接触箇所（Ｐ１ａ）と、前記下側被係止部（５２ｄ）と前記下側係止突起（６３）がお互いに圧迫し合って接触した接触箇所（Ｐ１ｂ）を含むことを特徴とする請求項２０に記載のレールファスナー。     Said male projection (52) is an arrow-shaped projection having a neck (52a) and a head (52b), said head (52b) comprising an upper latched portion (52c) and a lower latched portion. (52d),
    The lower jaw (61) includes a lower locking projection (63) to which the lower locked portion (52d) is locked, and the upper jaw (62) has the upper locked portion (52c). including an upper locking projection (64) to be locked;
    The one or more first contact points (P1) include a contact point (P1a) where the upper locked portion (52c) and the upper locking projection (64) press against each other and contact, and the lower side. 21. The rail fastener according to claim 20, wherein the locked portion (52d) and the lower locking projection (63) include a contact portion (P1b) where they press against each other and contact.
  22. 　前記雌型嵌合部（６）の前記受容空間（６５）への前記雄型突起（５２）の挿入方向における前記首部（５２ａ）の長さ（Ｄ３）は、前記閉鎖壁（５１）と前記上側被係止部（５２ｃ）の間で前記上側係止突起（６４）が挟まれた状態での前記閉鎖壁（５１）に対する前記上側係止突起（６４）の接触点（Ｎ２）と前記上側係止面（６４ｓ）の最下点（Ｎ１）の間隔（Ｄ２）又はこの間隔（Ｄ２）の最小値未満である、請求項２１に記載のレールファスナー。 The length (D3) of the neck (52a) in the insertion direction of the male projection (52) into the receiving space (65) of the female fitting (6) is defined by the closing wall (51) and the A contact point (N2) of the upper locking projection (64) with the closing wall (51) in a state where the upper locking projection (64) is sandwiched between the upper locked portion (52c) and the upper 22. A rail fastener according to claim 21, wherein the distance (D2) of the lowest point (N1) of the locking surface (64s) is less than or the minimum value of this distance (D2).
  23. 　次の（ａ）～（ｃ）のいずれかの条件が満足される：
    （ａ）前記第１及び第２補強シート（３１，３２）それぞれは、紙、不織布、織物、及び編物から成る群から選択される少なくとも１つを含む；
    （ｂ）前記第１補強シート（３１）の両面が前記第１表皮部（４１）により被覆され、前記第２補強シート（３２）の両面が前記第２表皮部（４２）により被覆される；及び
    （ｃ）前記第１補強シート（３１）の少なくとも片面上における前記第１表皮部（４１）の層厚が、前記第１補強シート（３１）の厚み以下であり、前記第２補強シート（３２）の少なくとも片面上における前記第２表皮部（４２）の層厚が、前記第２補強シート（３２）の厚み以下である、請求項１乃至２２のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。     Any one of the following conditions (a)-(c) is satisfied:
    (a) each of said first and second reinforcing sheets (31, 32) comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of paper, nonwoven fabric, woven fabric and knitted fabric;
    (b) Both sides of the first reinforcing sheet (31) are covered with the first skin (41), and both sides of the second reinforcing sheet (32) are covered with the second skin (42); and (c) the layer thickness of the first skin portion (41) on at least one side of the first reinforcing sheet (31) is equal to or less than the thickness of the first reinforcing sheet (31), and the second reinforcing sheet ( 23. The rail fastener according to any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein the layer thickness of said second skin portion (42) on at least one side of 32) is equal to or less than the thickness of said second reinforcing sheet (32).
  24. 　請求項２乃至１７のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー（１００）と、
    　前記レールファスナー（１００）に対して貼り合わされたファスナーチェーン（７）と、
    　第１翼板（９４）、第２翼板（９５）、前記第１翼板（９４）と前記第２翼板（９５）を連結するべく前記第１翼板（９４）と前記第２翼板（９５）の間で上下方向に延びる連結柱（９６）を有するスライダー（９）を備える二重ファスナー（１７）であって、
    　前記ファスナーチェーン（７）は、第１ストリンガー（１）に対して貼り合わされた第３ストリンガー（１３）と、前記第２ストリンガー（２）に対して貼り合わされた第４ストリンガー（１４）を含み、
    　前記第３及び第４ストリンガー（１３，１４）は、各々、前記スライダー（９）の前進時、前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）の嵌合に同期して係合する第１及び第２コイル状エレメント（１５，１６）を含む、二重ファスナー。     A rail fastener (100) according to any one of claims 2 to 17;
    a fastener chain (7) attached to the rail fastener (100);
    a first blade (94), a second blade (95), the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) to connect the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) A double fastener (17) comprising a slider (9) having connecting posts (96) extending vertically between plates (95), comprising:
    The fastener chain (7) includes a third stringer (13) attached to the first stringer (1) and a fourth stringer (14) attached to the second stringer (2),
    The third and fourth stringers (13, 14) are synchronized with the engagement of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) respectively when the slider (9) advances. A double fastener comprising first and second coiled elements (15, 16) that engage with each other.
  25. 　前記雌型嵌合部（６）は、前記受容空間（６５）を画定するべく対向配置された下顎（６１）及び上顎（６２）を含み、前記上顎（６２）が前記下顎（６１）よりも前記第２取付シート（２２）から離れて位置付けられる、請求項２４に記載の二重ファスナー（１７）であって、
    　前記第１翼板（９４）は、前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）の嵌合又は嵌合解除時に変位する前記上顎（６２）を受容する受容溝（Ｇ３）を有する、二重ファスナー。     Said female fitting (6) comprises a lower jaw (61) and an upper jaw (62) opposedly arranged to define said receiving space (65), said upper jaw (62) being closer to said lower jaw (61) than said lower jaw (61). 25. The double fastener (17) of claim 24, positioned remote from said second mounting sheet (22), wherein
    The first wing plate (94) has a receiving groove ( G3), double zipper.
  26. 　前記受容溝（Ｇ３）は、前記第１翼板（９４）の後端面に到達するまで前記連結柱（９６）の後端に隣接する位置から直線的に延びる、請求項２５に記載の二重ファスナー。 26. The double-bar according to claim 25, wherein said receiving groove (G3) extends linearly from a position adjacent to the rear end of said connecting post (96) until it reaches the rear end face of said first vane (94). fastener.
  27. 　前記第２翼板（９５）は、係合状態の第１及び第２コイル状エレメント（１５，１６）の前記上下方向における位置を規制するべく前記連結柱（９６）から後方に延びる凸状の仕切り部（１３１）を有し、前記受容溝（Ｇ３）は、前記スライダー（９）の幅方向において前記仕切り部（１３１）よりも幅広又は同等の幅に形成される、請求項２４乃至２６のいずれか一項に記載の二重ファスナー。 The second blade (95) has a convex shape extending rearward from the connecting post (96) to regulate the position of the engaged first and second coiled elements (15, 16) in the vertical direction. 27. The slider according to any one of claims 24 to 26, wherein a partition portion (131) is provided, and the receiving groove (G3) is formed to have a width wider than or equal to that of the partition portion (131) in the width direction of the slider (9). A double fastener according to any one of the preceding paragraphs.
  28. 　前記雌型嵌合部（６）は、前記受容空間（６５）を画定するべく対向配置された下顎（６１）及び上顎（６２）を含み、前記上顎（６２）が前記下顎（６１）よりも前記第２取付シート（２２）から離れて位置付けられ、
    　前記スライダー（９）は、前記スライダー（９）の幅方向における前記第１翼板（９４）の両側縁から前記第２翼板（９５）に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第１及び第２側壁（９ａ，９ｂ）を更に備える、請求項２４乃至２６のいずれか一項に記載の二重ファスナー（１７）であって、
    　前記スライダー（９）は、前記第１側壁（９ａ）から前記第２側壁（９ｂ）に向けて***した第１***部（２５）と、前記第２側壁（９ｂ）から前記第１側壁（９ａ）に向けて***した第２***部（２６）を有し、
    　前記第１***部（２５）及び第２***部（２６）は、前記上顎（６２）の変形を許容する空間を空けて対向配置される、請求項２４乃至２７のいずれか一項に記載の二重ファスナー。     Said female fitting (6) comprises a lower jaw (61) and an upper jaw (62) opposedly arranged to define said receiving space (65), said upper jaw (62) being closer to said lower jaw (61) than said lower jaw (61). positioned away from said second mounting seat (22);
    The slider (9) has first and second blades extending along the vertical direction from both side edges of the first blade (94) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the second blade (95). 27. The double fastener (17) according to any one of claims 24 to 26, further comprising side walls (9a, 9b),
    The slider (9) includes a first raised portion (25) raised from the first side wall (9a) toward the second side wall (9b), and a ) having a second raised portion (26) raised toward the
    28. The claim 24 to 27, wherein the first protuberance (25) and the second protuberance (26) are arranged opposite to each other with a space allowing deformation of the upper jaw (62). double zipper.
  29. 　前記スライダー（９）は、前記スライダー（９）の幅方向における前記第１翼板（９４）の両側縁から前記第２翼板（９５）に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第１及び第２側壁（９ａ，９ｂ）と、前記スライダー（９）の幅方向における前記第２翼板（９５）の両側縁から前記第１翼板（９４）に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第３及び第４側壁（９ｃ，９ｄ）を有し、
    　前記雄型嵌合部（５）及び前記雌型嵌合部（６）は、前記第１及び第２側壁（９ａ，９ｂ）の間で圧迫されて前記スライダー（９）内で嵌合し、
    　前記第１及び第２コイル状エレメント（１５，１６）は、前記第３及び第４側壁（９ｃ，９ｄ）の間で圧迫されることなくそれらの間で係合し、かつ係合解除される、請求項２４乃至２８のいずれか一項に記載の二重ファスナー。     The slider (9) has first and second blades extending along the vertical direction from both side edges of the first blade (94) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the second blade (95). Side walls (9a, 9b) and third and third blades extending in the vertical direction from both side edges of the second blade (95) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the first blade (94). having 4 side walls (9c, 9d);
    said male fitting part (5) and said female fitting part (6) are compressed between said first and second side walls (9a, 9b) to fit within said slider (9);
    Said first and second coiled elements (15, 16) are engaged and disengaged between said third and fourth side walls (9c, 9d) without compression therebetween. 29. A double fastener according to any one of claims 24-28.
  30. 　前記スライダー（９）の幅方向における前記第１及び第２側壁（９ａ，９ｂ）の最大間隔は、前記連結柱（９６）よりも後方の全位置において、前記スライダー（９）の幅方向における前記第３及び第４側壁（９ｃ，９ｄ）の最大間隔よりも大きく設定される、請求項２９に記載の二重ファスナー。 The maximum distance between the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) in the width direction of the slider (9) is the above width in the width direction of the slider (9) at all positions behind the connecting post (96) 30. Double fastener according to claim 29, which is set larger than the maximum distance between the third and fourth side walls (9c, 9d).
  31. 　前記第１及び第２コイル状エレメント（１５，１６）は、各々、前記雄型及び雌型嵌合部（５，６）よりも薄型である、請求項２４乃至３０のいずれか一項に記載の二重ファスナー。 31. A device according to any one of claims 24 to 30, wherein said first and second coiled elements (15, 16) are each thinner than said male and female fittings (5, 6). double zipper.
  32. 　押出成形機（２００）に樹脂材料を供給して前記押出成形機（２００）の第１口金（２４０ａ）から第１ストリンガー（１）を押し出す工程にして、前記第１ストリンガー（１）が第１取付シート（２１）と第１嵌合部（１１）を含む工程と、
    　押出成形機（２００）に樹脂材料を供給して前記押出成形機（２００）の第２口金（２４０ｂ）から第２ストリンガー（２）を押し出す工程にして、前記第２ストリンガー（２）が第２取付シート（２２）と第２嵌合部（１２）を含む工程を含むレールファスナーの製造方法であって、
    　可撓性のある第１補強シート（３１）を前記第１口金（２４０ａ）に供給して前記第１ストリンガー（１）の前記第１取付シート（２１）に前記第１補強シート（３１）を導入する工程にして、前記第１補強シート（３１）は、前記第１嵌合部（１１）から延出し、かつ前記第１嵌合部（１１）の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る前記第１取付シート（２１）の第１表皮部（４１）により少なくとも部分的に被覆される工程と、
    　可撓性のある第２補強シート（３２）を前記第２口金（２４０ｂ）に供給して前記第２ストリンガー（２）の前記第２取付シート（２２）に前記第２補強シート（３２）を導入する工程にして、前記第２補強シート（３２）は、前記第２嵌合部（１２）から延出し、かつ前記第２嵌合部（１２）の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る前記第２取付シート（２２）の第２表皮部（４２）により少なくとも部分的に被覆される工程を更に含み、
    　前記第１及び第２嵌合部（１１，１２）が嵌合してレール部（１０）が形成される時に所定の状態になるように、前記第１口金（２４０ａ）の放出口（２４０ｍ）における前記第１補強シート（３１）の位置と前記第２口金（２４０ｂ）の放出口（２４０ｎ）における前記第２補強シート（３２）の位置が設定され、
    　前記所定の状態は、前記第１嵌合部（１１）及び／又は前記第１表皮部（４１）の第１接触面（７１）と前記第２嵌合部（１２）及び／又は前記第２表皮部（４２）の第２接触面（７２）が前記第１及び第２補強シート（３１，３２）の間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触する状態を含む、レールファスナーの製造方法。     A step of supplying the resin material to the extruder (200) and extruding the first stringer (1) from the first die (240a) of the extruder (200), wherein the first stringer (1) is the first a step including a mounting sheet (21) and a first fitting portion (11);
    A step of supplying the resin material to the extruder (200) and extruding the second stringer (2) from the second nozzle (240b) of the extruder (200), wherein the second stringer (2) is the second A method for manufacturing a rail fastener including a step including a mounting sheet (22) and a second fitting portion (12),
    A flexible first reinforcing sheet (31) is supplied to the first nozzle (240a) to attach the first reinforcing sheet (31) to the first attachment sheet (21) of the first stringer (1). In the introducing step, the first reinforcing sheet (31) extends from the first fitting portion (11) and is made of the same resin as the resin of the first fitting portion (11). being at least partially covered by the first skin (41) of the mounting sheet (21);
    A flexible second reinforcing sheet (32) is supplied to the second nozzle (240b) to attach the second reinforcing sheet (32) to the second mounting sheet (22) of the second stringer (2). In the introducing step, the second reinforcing sheet (32) extends from the second fitting portion (12) and is made of the same resin as the resin of the second fitting portion (12). being at least partially covered by the second skin portion (42) of the mounting sheet (22);
    The discharge port (240m) of the first base (240a) is formed so as to be in a predetermined state when the first and second fitting portions (11, 12) are fitted to form the rail portion (10). and the position of the second reinforcing sheet (32) at the outlet (240n) of the second nozzle (240b) are set,
    The predetermined state includes the first contact surface (71) of the first fitting portion (11) and/or the first skin portion (41) and the second fitting portion (12) and/or the second contact surface (71). A method of manufacturing a rail fastener, comprising a state in which the second contact surfaces (72) of the skin portion (42) are pressed against each other between the first and second reinforcing sheets (31, 32).
  33. 　前記第１口金（２４０ａ）は、前記第１補強シート（３１）の内側縁（３１ａ）よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面に前記第１接触面（７１）を成形するように構成され、及び／又は、前記第２口金（２４０ｂ）は、前記第２補強シート（３２）の内側縁（３２ａ）よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面に前記第２接触面（７２）を成形するように構成されることを特徴とする請求項３２に記載のレールファスナーの製造方法。 The first mouthpiece (240a) is configured to form the first contact surface (71) on a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge (31a) of the first reinforcing sheet (31). and/or the second base (240b) forms the second contact surface (72) on a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge (32a) of the second reinforcing sheet (32). 33. A method of manufacturing a rail fastener according to claim 32, wherein the method is configured to:
  34. 　前記第１嵌合部（１１）は、少なくとも雄型突起（５２）と前記雄型突起（５２）が結合した閉鎖壁（５１）を含む雄型嵌合部（５）であり、前記第２嵌合部（１２）は、前記雄型突起（５２）を受容する受容空間（６５）を有し、かつ前記受容空間（６５）から前記雄型突起（５２）が離脱することを阻止するように形状付けられた雌型嵌合部（６）であり、
    　前記第２口金（２４０ｂ）の放出口（２４０ｎ）における前記第２補強シート（３２）の位置は、前記雌型嵌合部（６）の前記受容空間（６５）が前記第２補強シート（３２）上に配されるように設定されることを特徴とする請求項３２又は３３に記載のレールファスナーの製造方法。     Said first fitting part (11) is a male fitting part (5) comprising at least a male projection (52) and a closing wall (51) to which said male projection (52) is coupled; The fitting part (12) has a receiving space (65) for receiving the male projection (52), and prevents the male projection (52) from being detached from the receiving space (65). a female fitting (6) shaped to
    The position of the second reinforcing sheet (32) at the discharge port (240n) of the second mouthpiece (240b) is such that the receiving space (65) of the female fitting part (6) is positioned so that the second reinforcing sheet (32) 34. The method of manufacturing a rail fastener according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the rail fastener is set to be placed on the top.
PCT/JP2023/007879 2022-03-03 2023-03-02 Rail fastener, manufacturing method therefor, and double fastener WO2023167291A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
TW112107818A TWI851058B (en) 2022-03-03 2023-03-03 Track zipper and manufacturing method thereof and double zipper

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JPPCT/JP2022/009223 2022-03-03
PCT/JP2022/009223 WO2023166685A1 (en) 2022-03-03 2022-03-03 Rail fastener and method for manufacturing same

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023167291A1 true WO2023167291A1 (en) 2023-09-07

Family

ID=87883400

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/009223 WO2023166685A1 (en) 2022-03-03 2022-03-03 Rail fastener and method for manufacturing same
PCT/JP2023/007879 WO2023167291A1 (en) 2022-03-03 2023-03-02 Rail fastener, manufacturing method therefor, and double fastener

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/009223 WO2023166685A1 (en) 2022-03-03 2022-03-03 Rail fastener and method for manufacturing same

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (2) WO2023166685A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4836003Y1 (en) * 1970-09-28 1973-10-29
JP2003129315A (en) * 2001-10-24 2003-05-08 Tokue:Kk Working glove
JP2016505343A (en) * 2013-01-25 2016-02-25 ナイト・アイズ，インコーポレーテッド System and method for multi-material extrusion zippers

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4836003Y1 (en) * 1970-09-28 1973-10-29
JP2003129315A (en) * 2001-10-24 2003-05-08 Tokue:Kk Working glove
JP2016505343A (en) * 2013-01-25 2016-02-25 ナイト・アイズ，インコーポレーテッド System and method for multi-material extrusion zippers

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2023166685A1 (en) 2023-09-07
TW202348161A (en) 2023-12-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI713754B (en) Glue-pouring mold, anti-seepage zipper manufactured by using the glue-pouring mold and product with the anti-seepage zipper
AU2005200451B2 (en) Waterproof slide fastener and apparatus for manufacturing the same
US7963009B2 (en) Slide fastener top end stop
US7353570B2 (en) Slide fastener chain
CN102378584B (en) Slider for slide fastener and quick open-type slide fastener
CN1985695B (en) Waterproof slide fastener
US6385818B1 (en) End stop and slider for reclosable fastener
US3377668A (en) Separating end connection
KR870001807Y1 (en) Separating device for slide fasteners
KR100910697B1 (en) Slider for a fluid tight slide fastener
EP0992201A1 (en) Separable bottom end stop of slide fastener
CN103209609B (en) Slide fastener
KR100298803B1 (en) Detachable bottom stop assembly of immersion slide fastener
US4817252A (en) Fluid-tight slide fastener
US20170008435A1 (en) Molded Surface Fastener
JP2008073535A6 (en) Slider for fluid resistant slide fastener
US7669296B2 (en) Slide fastener
EP0021192B1 (en) Separable slide fastener
WO2023167291A1 (en) Rail fastener, manufacturing method therefor, and double fastener
TW201938060A (en) Slide fastener
US20110239415A1 (en) Closure Device
US20150173462A1 (en) Slide Fastener
US8882349B2 (en) End stops for reclosable fastener and reclosable bag having same
WO2022077545A1 (en) Zipper tooth, zipper, article using zipper and zipper tooth mold
WO2014184851A1 (en) Slide fastener

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23763548

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1